ISP1161ABM,518 [NXP]

IC UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONTROLLER, PQFP64, 7 X 7 MM, 1.40 MM HEIGHT, PLASTIC, MS-026, SOT-414-1, LQFP-64, Bus Controller;
ISP1161ABM,518
型号: ISP1161ABM,518
厂家: NXP    NXP
描述:

IC UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONTROLLER, PQFP64, 7 X 7 MM, 1.40 MM HEIGHT, PLASTIC, MS-026, SOT-414-1, LQFP-64, Bus Controller

时钟 外围集成电路
文件: 总135页 (文件大小:588K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
3
4
.80 7IRELESS  
IMPORTANT NOTICE  
Dear customer,  
As from August 2nd 2008, the wireless operations of NXP have moved to a new company,  
ST-NXP Wireless.  
As a result, the following changes are applicable to the attached document.  
Company name - Philips Semiconductors is replaced with ST-NXP Wireless.  
Copyright - the copyright notice at the bottom of each page “© Koninklijke Philips  
Electronics N.V. 200x. All rights reserved”, shall now read: “© ST-NXP Wireless 200x -  
All rights reserved”.  
Web site - http://www.semiconductors.philips.com is replaced with  
http://www.stnwireless.com  
Contact information - the list of sales offices previously obtained by sending an email  
to sales.addresses@www.semiconductors.philips.com, is now found at  
http://www.stnwireless.com under Contacts.  
If you have any questions related to the document, please contact our nearest sales office.  
Thank you for your cooperation and understanding.  
ST-NXP Wireless  
34.80 7IRELESS  
www.stnwireless.com  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed Universal Serial Bus single-chip host and device  
controller  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
Product data  
1. General description  
The ISP1161A is a single-chip Universal Serial Bus (USB) Host Controller (HC) and  
Device Controller (DC). The Host Controller portion of the ISP1161A complies with  
Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev. 2.0, supporting data rates at full-speed  
(12 Mbit/s) and low-speed (1.5 Mbit/s). The Device Controller portion of the  
ISP1161A also complies with Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev. 2.0, supporting  
data rates at full-speed (12 Mbit/s). These two USB controllers, the HC and the DC,  
share the same microprocessor bus interface. They have the same data bus, but  
different I/O locations. They also have separate interrupt request output pins,  
separate DMA channels that include separate DMA request output pins and DMA  
acknowledge input pins. This makes it possible for a microprocessor to control both  
the USB HC and the USB DC at the same time.  
ISP1161A provides two downstream ports for the USB HC and one upstream port for  
the USB DC. Each downstream port has an overcurrent (OC) detection input pin and  
power supply switching control output pin. The upstream port has a VBUS detection  
input pin. ISP1161A also provides separate wake-up input pins and suspended status  
output pins for the USB HC and the USB DC, respectively. This makes power  
management flexible. The downstream ports for the HC can be connected with any  
USB compliant devices and hubs that have USB upstream ports. The upstream port  
for the DC can be connected to any USB compliant USB host and USB hubs that  
have USB downstream ports.  
The HC is adapted from the Open Host Controller Interface Specification for USB  
Release 1.0a, referred to as OHCI in the rest of this document.  
The DC is compliant with most USB device class specifications such as Imaging  
Class, Mass Storage Devices, Communication Devices, Printing Devices and Human  
Interface Devices.  
ISP1161A is well suited for embedded systems and portable devices that require a  
USB host only, a USB device only, or a combination of a configurable USB host and  
USB device. ISP1161A brings high flexibility to the systems that have it built-in. For  
example, a system that uses an ISP1161A allows it not only to be connected to a PC  
or USB hub with a USB downstream port, but also to be connected to a device that  
has a USB upstream port such as a USB printer, USB camera, USB keyboard or a  
USB mouse. Therefore, the ISP1161A enables peer-to-peer connectivity between  
embedded systems. An interesting application example is to connect an ISP1161A  
HC with an ISP1161A DC.  
Consider an example of an ISP1161A being used in a Digital Still Camera (DSC)  
design. Figure 1 shows an ISP1161A being used as a USB DC. Figure 2 shows an  
ISP1161A being used as a USB HC. Figure 3 shows an ISP1161A being used as a  
USB HC and a USB DC at the same time.  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
EMBEDDED SYSTEM  
µP SYSTEM  
MEMORY  
µP  
µP bus I/F  
PC  
(host)  
ISP1161A  
HOST/  
DEVICE  
USB cable  
USB I/F  
USB I/F  
USB device  
DSC  
004aaa080  
Fig 1. ISP1161A operating as a USB device.  
EMBEDDED SYSTEM  
µP SYSTEM  
MEMORY  
µP  
µP bus I/F  
PRINTER  
(device)  
ISP1161A  
HOST/  
DEVICE  
USB cable  
USB I/F  
USB I/F  
USB host  
DSC  
004aaa081  
Fig 2. ISP1161A operating as a stand-alone USB host.  
EMBEDDED SYSTEM  
µP SYSTEM  
MEMORY  
µP  
µP bus I/F  
PC  
(host)  
PRINTER  
(device)  
DSC  
ISP1161A  
HOST/  
DEVICE  
USB cable  
USB cable  
USB I/F  
USB I/F  
USB I/F  
USB I/F  
USB device  
USB host  
004aaa082  
Fig 3. ISP1161A operating as both USB host and device simultaneously.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
2 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
2. Features  
Complies with Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev. 2.0  
The Host Controller portion of the ISP1161A supports data transfer at full-speed  
(12 Mbit/s) and low-speed (1.5 Mbit/s); the Device Controller portion of the  
ISP1161A supports data transfer at full-speed (12 Mbit/s)  
Combines the HC and the DC in a single chip  
On-chip DC complies with most USB device class specifications  
Both the HC and the DC can be accessed by an external microprocessor via  
separate I/O port addresses  
Selectable one or two downstream ports for the HC and one upstream port for the  
DC  
High-speed parallel interface to most of the generic microprocessors and  
Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC) processors such as:  
Hitachi® SuperH™ SH-3 and SH-4  
MIPS-based™ RISC  
ARM7™, ARM9™, StrongARM®  
Maximum 15 Mbyte/s data transfer rate between the microprocessor and the HC,  
11.1 Mbyte/s data transfer rate between the microprocessor and the DC  
Supports single-cycle and burst mode DMA operations  
Up to 14 programmable USB endpoints with 2 fixed control IN/OUT endpoints for  
the DC  
Built-in separate FIFO buffer RAM for the HC (4 kbytes) and DC (2462 bytes)  
Endpoints with double buffering to increase throughput and ease real-time data  
transfer for both DC transfers and HC isochronous (ISO) transactions  
6 MHz crystal oscillator with integrated PLL for low EMI  
Controllable LazyClock (100 kHz ± 50 %) output during ‘suspend’  
Clock output with programmable frequency (3 MHz to 48 MHz)  
Software controlled connection to the USB bus (SoftConnect™) on upstream port  
for the DC  
Good USB connection indicator that blinks with traffic (GoodLink™) for the DC  
Software selectable internal 15 kpull-down resistors for HC downstream ports  
Dedicated pins for suspend sensing output and wake-up control input for flexible  
applications  
Global hardware reset input pin and separate internal software reset circuits for  
HC and DC  
Operation from a 5 V or a 3.3 V power supply  
Operating temperature range 40 °C to +85 °C  
Available in two LQFP64 packages (SOT314-2 and SOT414-1).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
3 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
3. Applications  
Personal Digital Assistant (PDA)  
Digital camera  
Third-generation (3-G) phone  
Set-Top Box (STB)  
Information Appliance (IA)  
Photo printer  
MP3 jukebox  
Game console.  
4. Ordering information  
Table 1:  
Ordering information  
Type number  
Package  
Name  
Description  
Version  
ISP1161ABD  
ISP1161ABM  
LQFP64  
LQFP64  
plastic low profile quad flat package; 64 leads; body 10 × 10 × 1.4 mm  
plastic low profile quad flat package; 64 leads; body 7 × 7 × 1.4 mm  
SOT314-2  
SOT414-1  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
4 of 134  
xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx x xxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
xxxxx xxxxxx xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxx xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxx  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxxx x x  
6 MHz  
to/from  
microprocessor  
XTAL2  
44  
XTAL1  
43  
HOST CONTROLLER  
40  
42  
33  
H_WAKEUP  
H_SUSPEND  
NDP_SEL  
46  
47  
54  
55  
H_PSW1  
H_PSW2  
H_OC1  
POWER  
SWITCHING  
ALT RAM  
ITL0  
2 to 7,  
9 to 14,  
16, 17,  
63, 64  
ITL1  
OVERCURRENT  
DETECTION  
(PING RAM) (PONG RAM)  
H_OC2  
16  
D0 to D15  
50  
51  
52  
53  
22  
21  
23  
60  
59  
28  
27  
34  
26  
25  
30  
29  
ISP1161A  
H_DM1  
H_DP1  
USB  
TRANSCEIVER  
RD  
CS  
WR  
A1  
PHILIPS SLAVE  
HOST CONTROLLER  
USB bus  
H_DM2 downstream  
USB  
TRANSCEIVER  
ports  
H_DP2  
A0  
HOST/  
DEVICE  
AUTOMUX  
DACK2  
DACK1  
EOT  
HOST BUS  
INTERFACE  
CLOCK  
RECOVERY  
4×  
15 kΩ  
Host bus  
DREQ2  
DREQ1  
INT2  
PLL  
DEVICE BUS  
INTERFACE  
CLOCK  
RECOVERY  
INT1  
Device bus  
GND  
37  
36  
39  
48  
49  
D_WAKEUP  
D_SUSPEND  
D_VBUS  
USB bus  
DEVICE  
CONTROLLER  
USB  
TRANSCEIVER  
D_DM  
upstream  
port  
D_DP  
32  
56  
RESET  
internal  
reset  
POWER-ON  
RESET  
PING  
RAM  
PONG  
RAM  
1.5 kΩ  
3.3 V  
SoftConnect  
3.3 V  
internal  
supply  
VOLTAGE  
REGULATOR  
V
CC  
PROGRAMMABLE  
GoodLink  
38  
DIVIDER  
DEVICE  
CONTROLLER  
1, 8, 15, 18,  
35, 45, 62  
57  
58 24  
19  
41  
61, 20  
2
004aaa083  
7
V
reg(3.3)  
V
V
DGND  
AGND  
hold1  
GL  
CLKOUT  
n.c.  
hold2  
Fig 4. Block diagram.  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
POWER-ON  
RESET  
Memory block  
Philips sHC core  
USB Interface  
USB  
ATL RAM  
STATE  
clock  
recovery  
ITL0 RAM ITL1 RAM  
µP interface  
DMA  
HANDLER  
PHILIPS  
SIE  
FRAME  
MANAGE-  
MENT  
MEMORY  
MANAGEMENT  
UNIT  
Host  
bus I/F  
USB bus  
REGISTER  
ACCESS  
H_DP1  
H_DM1  
H_DP2  
H_DM2  
µP  
HANDLER  
PDT_LIST  
PROCESS  
USB  
TRANSCEIVER  
Host controller sub-blocks  
MGT930  
Fig 5. Host controller sub-block diagram.  
3.3 V  
POWER-ON  
RESET  
SoftConnect  
INTEGRATED  
RAM  
DMA HANDLER  
USB bus  
D_DP  
D_DM  
Device  
bus I/F  
MEMORY  
MANAGEMENT UNIT  
USB  
TRANSCEIVER  
µP HANDLER  
PHILIPS SIE  
BUS I/F  
clock recovery  
EP HANDLER  
GoodLink  
GL  
Device controller sub-blocks  
MGT931  
Fig 6. Device controller sub-block diagram.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
6 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
6. Pinning information  
6.1 Pinning  
DGND  
D2  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
48 D_DM  
H_PSW2  
47  
D3  
46 H_PSW1  
45 DGND  
44 XTAL2  
D4  
D5  
D6  
43  
42  
XTAL1  
D7  
H_SUSPEND  
DGND  
D8  
41 CLKOUT  
ISP1161ABD  
ISP1161ABM  
40  
39  
38  
H_WAKEUP  
D_VBUS  
GL  
D9 10  
D10 11  
D11 12  
37 D_WAKEUP  
D12  
D13  
D_SUSPEND  
DGND  
13  
14  
15  
16  
36  
35  
34  
33  
DGND  
D14  
EOT  
NDP_SEL  
004aaa085  
Fig 7. Pin configuration LQFP64.  
6.2 Pin description  
Table 2:  
Symbol[1]  
Pin description for LQFP64  
Pin  
1
Type  
-
Description  
DGND  
D2  
digital ground  
2
I/O  
bit 2 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D3  
D4  
D5  
3
4
5
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
bit 3 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
bit 4 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
bit 5 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
7 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 2:  
Pin description for LQFP64 …continued  
Symbol[1]  
Pin  
Type  
Description  
D6  
6
I/O  
bit 6 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D7  
7
I/O  
bit 7 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
DGND  
D8  
8
9
-
digital ground  
I/O  
bit 8 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D9  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
bit 9 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D10  
D11  
D12  
D13  
bit 10 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
bit 11 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
bit 12 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
bit 13 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
DGND  
D14  
15  
16  
-
digital ground  
I/O  
bit 14 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D15  
17  
I/O  
bit 15 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
DGND  
Vhold1  
18  
19  
-
-
digital ground  
voltage holding pin; internally connected to the Vreg(3.3) and  
Vhold2 pins. When VCC is connected to 5 V, this pin will  
output 3.3 V, hence do not connect it to 5 V. When VCC is  
connected to 3.3 V, this pin can either be connected to  
3.3 V or left unconnected. In all cases, decouple this pin to  
DGND.  
n.c.  
CS  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
-
I
I
I
-
no connection  
chip select input  
read strobe input  
write strobe input  
RD  
WR  
Vhold2  
voltage holding pin; internally connected to the Vreg(3.3) and  
Vhold1 pins. When VCC is connected to 5 V, this pin will  
output 3.3 V, hence do not connect it to 5 V. When VCC is  
connected to 3.3 V, this pin can either be connected to  
3.3 V or left unconnected. In all cases, decouple this pin to  
DGND.  
DREQ1  
DREQ2  
DACK1  
25  
26  
27  
O
O
I
HC DMA request output (programmable polarity); signals  
to the DMA controller that the ISP1161A wants to start a  
DMA transfer; see Section 10.4.1  
DC DMA request output (programmable polarity); signals  
to the DMA controller that the ISP1161A wants to start a  
DMA transfer; see Section 13.1.4  
HC DMA acknowledge input; when not in use, this pin must  
be connected to VCC via an external 10 kresistor  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
8 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 2:  
Pin description for LQFP64 …continued  
Symbol[1]  
Pin  
Type  
Description  
DACK2  
28  
I
DC DMA acknowledge input; when not in use, this pin must  
be connected to VCC via an external 10 kresistor  
INT1  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
O
O
O
I
HC interrupt output; programmable level, edge triggered  
and polarity; see Section 10.4.1  
INT2  
DC interrupt output; programmable level, edge triggered  
and polarity; see Section 13.1.4  
TEST  
test output; used for test purposes only; this pin is not  
connected during normal operation  
RESET  
NDP_SEL  
reset input (Schmitt trigger); a LOW level produces an  
asynchronous reset (internal pull-up resistor)  
I
indicates to the HC software the Number of Downstream  
Ports (NDP) present:  
0 — select 1 downstream port  
1 — select 2 downstream ports  
only changes the value of the NDP field in the  
HcRhDescriptorA register; both ports will always be  
enabled; see Section 10.3.1  
(internal pull-up resistor)  
EOT  
34  
35  
I
DMA master device to inform the ISP1161A of end of DMA  
transfer; active level is programmable; see Section 10.4.1  
DGND  
-
digital ground  
D_SUSPEND 36  
O
I
DC ‘suspend’ state indicator output; active HIGH  
D_WAKEUP  
37  
DC wake-up input; generates a remote wake-up from  
‘suspend’ state (active HIGH); when not in use, this pin  
must be connected to DGND via an external 10 kresistor  
(internal pull-down resistor)  
GL  
38  
O
GoodLink LED indicator output (open-drain, 8 mA); the  
LED is default ON, blinks OFF upon USB traffic; to connect  
a LED use a series resistor of 470 (VCC = 5.0 V) or  
330 (VCC = 3.3 V)  
D_VBUS  
39  
40  
I
I
DC USB upstream port VBUS sensing input; when not in  
use, this pin must be connected to DGND via a 1 MΩ  
resistor  
H_WAKEUP  
HC wake-up input; generates a remote wake-up from  
‘suspend’ state (active HIGH); when not in use, this pin  
must be connected to DGND via an external 10 kresistor  
(internal pull-down resistor)  
CLKOUT  
41  
O
programmable clock output (3 MHz to 48 MHz); default  
12 MHz  
H_SUSPEND 42  
O
I
HC ‘suspend’ state indicator output; active HIGH  
XTAL1  
43  
crystal input; connected directly to a 6 MHz crystal; when  
XTAL1 is connected to an external clock source, pin XTAL2  
must be left open  
XTAL2  
44  
O
crystal output; connected directly to a 6 MHz crystal; when  
pin XTAL1 is connected to an external clock source, this  
pin must be left open  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
9 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 2:  
Pin description for LQFP64 …continued  
Symbol[1]  
Pin  
45  
Type  
Description  
DGND  
-
digital ground  
H_PSW1  
46  
O
power switching control output for downstream port 1;  
open-drain output  
H_PSW2  
D_DM  
47  
48  
49  
O
power switching control output for downstream port 2;  
open-drain output  
AI/O  
AI/O  
USB Ddata line for DC upstream port; when not in use,  
this pin must be left open  
D_DP  
USB D+ data line for DC upstream port; when not in use,  
this pin must be left open  
H_DM1  
H_DP1  
H_DM2  
50  
51  
52  
AI/O  
AI/O  
AI/O  
USB Ddata line for HC downstream port 1  
USB D+ data line for HC downstream port 1  
USB Ddata line for HC downstream port 2; when not in  
use, this pin must be left open  
H_DP2  
53  
AI/O  
USB D+ data line for HC downstream port 2; when not in  
use, this pin must be left open  
H_OC1  
H_OC2  
VCC  
54  
55  
56  
I
I
-
overcurrent sensing input for HC downstream port 1  
overcurrent sensing input for HC downstream port 2  
power supply voltage input (3.0 V to 3.6 V or  
4.75 V to 5.25 V). This pin connects to the internal 3.3 V  
regulator input. When connected to 5 V, the internal  
regulator will output 3.3 V to pins Vreg(3.3), Vhold1 and Vhold2  
When connected to 3.3 V, it will bypass the internal  
regulator.  
.
AGND  
57  
58  
-
-
analog ground  
Vreg(3.3)  
internal 3.3 V regulator output; when the VCC pin is  
connected to 5 V, this pin outputs 3.3 V. When the VCC pin  
is connected to 3.3 V, connect this pin to 3.3 V.  
A0  
A1  
59  
60  
I
I
address input; selects command (A0 = 1) or data (A0 = 0)  
address input; selects AutoMux switching to DC (A1 = 1) or  
AutoMux switching to HC (A1 = 0); see Table 3  
n.c.  
61  
62  
63  
-
no connection  
digital ground  
DGND  
D0  
-
I/O  
bit 0 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
D1  
64  
I/O  
bit 1 of bidirectional data; slew-rate controlled; TTL input;  
three-state output  
[1] Symbol names with an overscore (e.g. NAME) represent active LOW signals.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
10 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
7. Functional description  
7.1 PLL clock multiplier  
A 6 MHz to 48 MHz clock multiplier Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) is integrated on-chip.  
This allows for the use of a low-cost 6 MHz crystal, which also minimizes EMI. No  
external components are required for the operation of the PLL.  
7.2 Bit clock recovery  
The bit clock recovery circuit recovers the clock from the incoming USB data stream  
using a 4 times over-sampling principle. It is able to track jitter and frequency drift as  
specified in the Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev. 2.0.  
7.3 Analog transceivers  
Three sets of transceivers are embedded in the chip: two are used for downstream  
ports with USB connector type A; one is used for upstream port with USB connector  
type B. The integrated transceivers are compliant with the Universal Serial Bus  
Specification Rev. 2.0. They interface directly with the USB connectors and cables  
through external termination resistors.  
7.4 Philips Serial Interface Engine (SIE)  
The Philips SIE implements the full USB protocol layer. It is completely hardwired for  
speed and needs no firmware intervention. The functions of this block include:  
synchronization pattern recognition, parallel to serial conversion, bit (de)stuffing,  
CRC checking and generation, Packet IDentifier (PID) verification and generation,  
address recognition, handshake evaluation and generation. There are separate SIEs  
in both the HC and the DC.  
7.5 SoftConnect  
The connection to the USB is accomplished by bringing D+ (for full-speed USB  
devices) HIGH through a 1.5 kpull-up resistor. In the ISP1161A DC, the 1.5 kΩ  
pull-up resistor is integrated on-chip and is not connected to VCC by default. The  
connection is established through a command sent by the external or system  
microcontroller. This allows the system microcontroller to complete its initialization  
sequence before deciding to establish connection with the USB. Re-initialization of  
the USB connection can also be performed without disconnecting the cable.  
The ISP1161A DC will check for USB VBUS availability before the connection can be  
established. VBUS sensing is provided through pin D_VBUS.  
Remark: The tolerance of the internal resistors is 25 %. This is higher than the 5 %  
tolerance specified by the USB specification. However, the overall voltage  
specification for the connection can still be met with a good margin. The decision to  
make use of this feature lies with the USB equipment designer.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
11 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
7.6 GoodLink  
Indication of a good USB connection is provided at pin GL through GoodLink  
technology. During enumeration, the LED indicator will blink on momentarily. When  
the DC has been successfully enumerated (the device address is set), the LED  
indicator will remain permanently on. Upon each successful packet transfer (with  
ACK) to and from the ISP1161A the LED will blink off for 100 ms. During ‘suspend’  
state the LED will remain off.  
This feature provides a user-friendly indication of the status of the USB device, the  
connected hub and the USB traffic. It is a useful field diagnostics tool for isolating  
faulty equipment. It can therefore help to reduce field support and hotline overhead.  
8. Microprocessor bus interface  
8.1 Programmed I/O (PIO) addressing mode  
A generic PIO interface is defined for speed and ease-of-use. It also allows direct  
interfacing to most microcontrollers. To a microcontroller, the ISP1161A appears as a  
memory device with a 16-bit data bus and uses only two address lines: A1 and A0 to  
access the internal control registers and FIFO buffer RAM. Therefore, the ISP1161A  
occupies only four I/O ports or four memory locations of a microprocessor. External  
microprocessors can read from or write to the ISP1161A internal control registers and  
FIFO buffer RAM through the Programmed I/O (PIO) operating mode. Figure 8 shows  
the Programmed I/O interface between a microprocessor and an ISP1161A.  
µP bus I/F  
[
]
[
]
D 15:0  
D 15:0  
RD  
WR  
CS  
A1  
RD  
WR  
CS  
A2  
MICRO-  
PROCESSOR  
ISP1161A  
A0  
A1  
INT1  
INT2  
IRQ1  
IRQ2  
004aaa086  
Fig 8. Programmed I/O interface between a microprocessor and an ISP1161A.  
8.2 DMA mode  
The ISP1161A also provides DMA mode for external microprocessors to access its  
internal FIFO buffer RAM. Data can be transferred by DMA operation between a  
microprocessor’s system memory and the ISP1161A internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
Remark: The DMA operation must be controlled by the external microprocessor  
system DMA controller (Master).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
12 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Figure 9 shows the DMA interface between a microprocessor system and the  
ISP1161A. The ISP1161A provides two DMA channels:  
DMA channel 1 (controlled by DREQ1, DACK1 signals) is for the DMA transfer  
between a microprocessor’s system memory and ISP1161A HC internal FIFO  
buffer RAM  
DMA channel 2 (controlled by DREQ2, DACK2 signals) is for the DMA transfer  
between a microprocessor system memory and the ISP1161A DC internal FIFO  
buffer RAM.  
The EOT signal is an external end-of-transfer signal used to terminate the DMA  
transfer. Some microprocessors may not have this signal. In this case, the ISP1161A  
provides an internal EOT signal to terminate the DMA transfer as well. Setting the  
HcDMAConfiguration register (21H - read, A1H - write) enables the ISP1161A HC  
internal DMA counter for DMA transfer. When the DMA counter reaches the value set  
in the HcTransferCounter register (22H - read, A2H - write), an internal EOT signal  
will be generated to terminate the DMA transfer.  
µP bus I/F  
[
]
[
]
D 15:0  
D 15:0  
RD  
RD  
WR  
WR  
DACK1  
DREQ1  
MICRO-  
PROCESSOR  
DACK1  
DREQ1  
ISP1161A  
DACK2  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
DREQ2  
EOT  
EOT  
004aaa087  
Fig 9. DMA interface between a microprocessor and an ISP1161A.  
8.3 Control register access by PIO mode  
8.3.1 I/O port addressing  
Table 3 shows the ISP1161A I/O port addressing. Complete decoding of the I/O port  
address should include the chip select signal CS and the address lines A1 and A0.  
However, the direction of the access of the I/O ports is controlled by the RD and WR  
signals. When RD is LOW, the microprocessor reads data from the ISP1161A data  
port. When WR is LOW, the microprocessor writes a command to the command port,  
or writes data to the data port.  
Table 3:  
I/O port addressing  
Port Pin CS Pin A1  
Pin A0  
LOW  
Access  
R/W  
W
Data bus width  
16 bits  
Description  
HC data port  
0
1
2
3
LOW  
LOW  
LOW  
LOW  
LOW  
LOW  
HIGH  
HIGH  
HIGH  
LOW  
16 bits  
HC command port  
DC data port  
R/W  
W
16 bits  
HIGH  
16 bits  
DC command port  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
13 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Figure 10 and Figure 11 illustrate how an external microprocessor accesses the  
ISP1161A internal control registers.  
AUTOMUX  
DC/HC  
Host bus I/F  
0
µP bus I/F  
Device bus I/F  
1
A1  
MGT935  
When A1 = 0, the microprocessor accesses the HC.  
When A1 = 1, the microprocessor accesses the DC.  
Fig 10. A microprocessor accessing an HC or a DC via an automux switch.  
CMD/DATA  
SWITCH  
1
command port  
data port  
Host or Device  
bus I/F  
Commands  
0
Command register  
.
.
.
A0  
MGT936  
Control registers  
When A0 = 0, the microprocessor accesses the data port.  
When A0 = 1, the microprocessor accesses the command port.  
Fig 11. A microprocessor accessing internal control registers.  
8.3.2 Register access phases  
The ISP1161A register structure is a command-data register pair structure. A  
complete register access cycle comprises a command phase followed by a data  
phase. The command (also known as the index of a register) points the ISP1161A to  
the next register to be accessed. A command is 8 bits long. On a microprocessor’s  
16-bit data bus, a command occupies the lower byte, with the upper byte filled with  
zeros.  
Figure 12 shows a complete 16-bit register access cycle for the ISP1161A. The  
microprocessor writes a command code to the command port, and then reads or  
writes the data word from or to the data port. Take the example of a microprocessor  
attempting to read the ISP1161A’s ID. The ID is kept in the HC’s HcChipID register  
(index 27H, read only). The 16-bit register access cycle is therefore:  
1. Microprocessor writes the command code of 27H (0027H in 16-bit width) to the  
HC command port  
2. Microprocessor reads the data word of the chip’s ID from the HC data port.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
14 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
16-bit register access cycle  
write command  
(16 bits)  
read/write data  
(16 bits)  
t
MGT937  
Fig 12. 16-bit register access cycle.  
Most of the ISP1161A internal control registers are 16 bits wide. Some of the internal  
control registers have 32-bit width. Figure 13 shows how the 32-bit internal control  
register is accessed. The complete cycle of accessing a 32-bit register consists of a  
command phase followed by two data phases. In the two data phases, the  
microprocessor first reads or writes the lower 16-bits, followed by the upper 16-bits.  
32-bit register access cycle  
write command  
(16 bits)  
read/write data  
(lower 16 bits)  
read/write data  
(upper 16 bits)  
t
MGT938  
Fig 13. 32-bit register access cycle.  
To further describe the complete access cycles of the internal control registers, the  
status of some pins of the microprocessor bus interface are shown in Figure 14 and  
Figure 15 for the HC and the DC respectively.  
CS  
A1, A0  
WR  
01  
00  
00  
read  
read  
write  
write  
write  
write  
write  
RD  
read  
read  
HC command  
code  
HC register data  
(lower word)  
HC register data  
(upper word)  
[
]
D 15:0  
MGT939  
Fig 14. Accessing HC control registers.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
15 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
CS  
A1, A0  
WR  
11  
10  
10  
read  
read  
write  
write  
write  
write  
write  
RD  
read  
read  
DC command  
code  
DC register data  
(lower word)  
DC register data  
(upper word)  
[
]
D 15:0  
MGT940  
Fig 15. Accessing DC control registers.  
8.4 FIFO buffer RAM access by PIO mode  
Since the ISP1161A internal memory is structured as a FIFO buffer RAM, the FIFO  
buffer RAM is mapped to dedicated register fields. Therefore, accessing the internal  
FIFO buffer RAM is similar to accessing the internal control registers in multiple data  
phases.  
FIFO buffer RAM access cycle (transfer counter = 2N)  
write command  
(16 bits)  
read/write data  
#1 (16 bits)  
read/write data  
#2 (16 bits)  
read/write data  
#N (16 bits)  
t
MGT941  
Fig 16. Internal FIFO buffer RAM access cycle.  
Figure 16 shows a complete access cycle of the HC internal FIFO buffer RAM. For a  
write cycle, the microprocessor first writes the FIFO buffer RAM’s command code to  
the command port, and then writes the data words one by one to the data port until  
half of the transfer’s byte count is reached. The HcTransferCounter register (22H -  
read, A2H - write) is used to specify the byte count of a FIFO buffer RAM’s read cycle  
or write cycle. Every access cycle must be in the same access direction. The read  
cycle procedure is similar to the write cycle.  
For access to the DC FIFO buffer RAM access, see Section 13.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
16 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
8.5 FIFO buffer RAM access by DMA mode  
The DMA interface between a microprocessor and the ISP1161A is shown in  
Figure 9.  
When doing a DMA transfer, at the beginning of every burst the ISP1161A outputs a  
DMA request to the microprocessor via the DREQ pin (DREQ1 for HC, DREQ2 for  
DC). After receiving this signal, the microprocessor will reply with a DMA  
acknowledge via the DACK pin (DACK1 for HC, DACK2 for DC), and at the same  
time, execute the DMA transfer through the data bus. In the DMA mode, the  
microprocessor must issue a read or write signal to the ISP1161A RD or WR pin. The  
ISP1161A will repeat the DMA cycles until it receives an EOT signal to terminate the  
DMA transfer.  
ISP1161A supports both external and internal EOT signals. The external EOT signal  
is received as input on pin EOT, and generally comes from the external  
microprocessor. The internal EOT signal is generated by the ISP1161A internally.  
To select either EOT method, set the appropriate DMA configuration register (see  
Section 10.4.2 and Section 13.1.6). For example, for the HC, setting  
DMACounterSelect bit of the HcDMAConfiguration register (21H - read, A1H - write)  
to logic 1 will enable the DMA counter for DMA transfer. When the DMA counter  
reaches the value of the HcTransferCounter register, the internal EOT signal will be  
generated to terminate the DMA transfer.  
ISP1161A supports either single-cycle DMA operation or burst mode DMA operation.  
DREQ  
DACK  
RD or WR  
[
]
D 15:0  
data #1  
data #2  
data #N  
EOT  
004aaa103  
N = 1/2 byte count of transfer data.  
Fig 17. DMA transfer in single-cycle mode.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
17 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
DREQ  
DACK  
RD or WR  
[
]
D 15:0  
data #1  
data #K  
data #(K+1)  
data #2K  
data #(NK+1)  
data #N  
EOT  
004aaa104  
N = 1/2 byte count of transfer data, K = number of cycles/burst.  
Fig 18. DMA transfer in burst mode.  
In Figure 17 and Figure 18, the hardware is configured such that DREQ is active  
HIGH and DACK is active LOW.  
8.6 Interrupts  
The ISP1161A has separate interrupt request pins for the USB HC (INT1) and the  
USB DC (INT2).  
8.6.1 Pin configuration  
The interrupt output signals have four configuration modes:  
Mode 0  
Mode 1  
Mode 2  
Mode 3  
Level trigger, active LOW (default at power-up)  
Level trigger, active HIGH  
Edge trigger, active LOW  
Edge trigger, active HIGH.  
Figure 19 shows these four interrupt configuration modes. They are programmable  
via the HcHardwareConfiguration register (see Section 10.4.1), which are also used  
to disable or enable the signals.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
18 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
clear or disable INT  
INT active  
INT  
INT  
Mode 0 level triggered, active LOW  
clear or disable INT  
INT active  
Mode 1 level triggered, active HIGH  
INT active  
INT  
INT  
166 ns  
Mode 2 edge triggered, active LOW  
INT active  
MGT944  
166 ns  
Mode 3 edge triggered, active HIGH  
Fig 19. Interrupt pin operating modes.  
8.6.2 HC’s interrupt output pin (INT1)  
To program the four configuration modes of the HC’s interrupt output signal (INT1),  
set bits InterruptPinTrigger and InterruptOutputPolarity of the  
HcHardwareConfiguration register (20H - read, A0H - write). Bit InterruptPinEnable is  
used as the master enable setting for pin INT1.  
INT1 has many associated interrupt events, as shown as in Figure 20.  
The interrupt events of the HcµPInterrupt register (24H - read, A4H - write) changes  
the status of pin INT1 when the corresponding bits of the HcµPInterruptEnable  
register (25H - read, A5H - write) and pin INT1’s global enable bit (InterruptPinEnable  
of the HcHardwareConfiguration register) are all set to enable status.  
However, events that come from the HcInterruptStatus register (03H - read, 83H -  
write) affect only the OPR_Reg bit of the HcµPInterrupt register. They cannot directly  
change the status of pin INT1.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
19 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
HcµPInterrupt  
register  
HcµPInterruptEnable  
register  
HcInterruptEnable  
register  
MIE  
RHSC  
FNO  
UE  
OR  
RD  
SF  
SO  
group 2  
RHSC  
FNO  
UE  
OR  
HcHardwareConfiguration  
register  
RD  
LE  
INT1  
InterruptPinEnable  
LATCH  
SF  
MGT945  
SO  
HcInterruptStatus  
register  
Fig 20. HC interrupt logic.  
There are two groups of interrupts represented by group 1 and group 2 in Figure 20.  
A pair of registers control each group.  
Group 2 contains six possible interrupt events (recorded in the HcInterruptStatus  
register). On occurrence of any of these events, the corresponding bit would be set to  
logic 1; and if the corresponding bit in the HcInterruptEnable register is also logic 1,  
the 6-input OR gate would output logic 1. This output is ANDed with the value of MIE  
(bit 31 of HcInterruptEnable). Logic 1 at the AND gate will cause bit OPR in the  
HcµPInterrupt register to be set to logic 1.  
Group 1 contains six possible interrupt events, one of which is the output of group 2  
interrupt sources. The HcµPInterrupt and HcµPInterruptEnable registers work in the  
same way as the HcInterruptStatus and HcInterruptEnable registers in the interrupt  
group 2. The output from the 6-input OR gate is connected to a latch, which is  
controlled by InterruptPinEnable (bit 0 of the HcHardwareConfiguration register).  
In the event in which the software wishes to temporarily disable the interrupt output of  
the ISP1161A Host Controller, the following procedure should be followed:  
1. Make sure that bit InterruptPinEnable in the HcHardwareConfiguration register is  
set to logic 1.  
2. Clear all bits in the HcµPInterrupt register.  
3. Set bit InterruptPinEnable to logic 0.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
20 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
To re-enable the interrupt generation:  
1. Set all bits in the HcµPInterrupt register.  
2. Set bit InterruptPinEnable to logic 1.  
Remark: Bit InterruptPinEnable in the HcHardwareConfiguration register latches the  
interrupt output. When this bit is set to logic 0, the interrupt output will remain  
unchanged, regardless of any operations on the interrupt control registers.  
If INT1 is asserted, and the HCD wishes to temporarily mask off the INT signal  
without clearing the HcµPInterrupt register, the following procedure should be  
followed:  
1. Make sure that bit InterruptPinEnable is set to logic 1.  
2. Clear all bits in the HcµPInterruptEnable register.  
3. Set bit InterruptPinEnable to logic 0.  
To re-enable the interrupt generation:  
1. Set all bits in the HcµPInterruptEnable register according to the HCD  
requirements.  
2. Set bit InterruptPinEnable to logic 1.  
8.6.3 DC interrupt output pin (INT2)  
The four configuration modes of DC’s interrupt output pin INT2 can also be  
programmed by setting bits INTPOL and INTLVL of the DcHardwareConfiguration  
register (BBH - read, BAH - write). Bit INTENA of the DcMode register (B9H - read,  
B8H - write) is used to enable pin INT2. Figure 21 shows the relationship between the  
interrupt events and pin INT2.  
Each of the indicated USB events is logged in a status bit of the DcInterrupt register.  
Corresponding bits in the Interrupt Enable register determine whether or not an event  
will generate an interrupt.  
Interrupts can be masked globally by means of the INTENA bit of the DcMode  
register (see Table 81).  
The active level and signalling mode of the INT output is controlled by the INTPOL  
and INTLVL bits of the DcHardwareConfiguration register (see Table 83). Default  
settings after reset are active LOW and level mode. When pulse mode is selected, a  
pulse of 166 ns is generated when the OR-ed combination of all interrupt bits  
changes from logic 0 to logic 1.  
Bits RESET, RESUME, SP_EOT, EOT and SOF are cleared upon reading the  
DcInterrupt register. The endpoint bits (EP0OUT to EP14) are cleared by reading the  
associated DcEndpointStatus register.  
Bit BUSTATUS follows the USB bus status exactly, allowing the firmware to get the  
current bus status when reading the DcInterrupt register.  
SETUP and OUT token interrupts are generated after the DC has acknowledged the  
associated data packet. In bulk transfer mode, the DC will issue interrupts for every  
ACK received for an OUT token or transmitted for an IN token.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
21 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
In isochronous mode, an interrupt is issued upon each packet transaction. The  
firmware must take care of timing synchronization with the host. This can be done via  
the Pseudo Start-Of-Frame (PSOF) interrupt, enabled via bit IEPSOF in the Interrupt  
Enable register. If a Start-Of-Frame is lost, PSOF interrupts are generated every  
1 ms. This allows the firmware to keep data transfer synchronized with the host. After  
3 missed SOF events, the DC will enter ‘suspend’ state.  
An alternative way of handling isochronous data transfer is to enable both the SOF  
and the PSOF interrupts and disable the interrupt for each isochronous endpoint.  
DcInterrupt register  
RESET  
SUSPND  
RESUME  
.
SOF  
.
.
.
.
.
EP14  
...  
EP0IN  
EP0OUT  
EOT  
.
.
.
LATCH  
INT2  
LE  
DcMode register  
INTENA  
IERST  
IESUSP  
IERESM  
IESOF  
IEP14  
...  
.
.
.
IEP0IN  
IEP0OUT  
IEEOT  
DcInterruptEnable register  
MGT946  
Fig 21. DC interrupt logic.  
Interrupt control: Bit INTENA in the DcMode register is a global enable/disable bit.  
The behavior of this bit is given in Figure 22.  
A
B
C
INT2 pin  
INTENA = 0  
SOF asserted  
INTENA = 0  
(during this time,  
an interrupt event  
occurs. For example,  
SOF asserted.)  
INTENA = 1  
SOF asserted  
004aaa198  
Pin INT2: HIGH = de-assert; LOW = assert (individual interrupts are enabled).  
Fig 22. Behavior of bit INTENA.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
22 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Event A (see Figure 22): When an interrupt event occurs (for example, SOF interrupt)  
with bit INTENA set to logic 0, an interrupt will not be generated at pin INT2.  
However, it will be registered in the corresponding DcInterrupt register bit.  
Event B (see Figure 22): When bit INTENA is set to logic 1, pin INT2 is asserted  
because bit SOF in the DcInterrupt register is already asserted.  
Event C (see Figure 22): If the firmware sets bit INTENA to logic 0, pin INT2 will still  
be asserted. The bold dashed line shows the desired behavior of pin INT2.  
De-assertion of pin INT2 can be achieved in the following manner. Bits[23:8] of the  
DcInterrupt register are endpoint interrupts. These interrupts are cleared on reading  
their respective DcEndpointStatus register. Bits[7:0] of the DcInterrupt register are  
bus status and EOT interrupts that are cleared on reading the DcInterrupt register.  
Make sure that bit INTENA is set to logic 1 when you perform the clear interrupt  
commands.  
For more information on interrupt control, see Section 13.1.3, Section 13.1.5 and  
Section 13.3.6.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
23 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
9. USB host controller (HC)  
9.1 HC’s four USB states  
The ISP1161A USB HC has four USB states USBOperational, USBReset,  
USBSuspend, and USBResume that define the HC’s USB signaling and bus states  
responsibilities.  
USBOperational  
USBReset write  
USBOperational write  
USBReset write  
USBOperational write  
USBResume  
USBReset  
USBSuspend write  
hardware or software  
reset  
USBResume write  
or  
remote wake-up  
USBReset write  
MGT947  
USBSuspend  
Fig 23. ISP1161A HC USB states.  
The USB states are reflected in the HostControllerFunctionalState field of the  
HcControl register (01H - read, 81H - write), which is located at bits 7 and 6 of the  
register.  
The Host Controller Driver (HCD) can perform only the USB state transitions shown  
in Figure 23.  
Remark: The Software Reset in Figure 23 is not caused by the HcSoftwareReset  
command. It is caused by the HostControllerReset field of the HcCommandStatus  
register (02H - read, 82H - write).  
9.2 Generating USB traffic  
USB traffic can be generated only when the ISP1161A USB HC is in the  
USBOperational state. Therefore, the HCD must set the  
HostControllerFunctionalState field of the HcControl register before generating USB  
traffic.  
A simplistic flow diagram showing when and how to generate USB traffic is shown in  
Figure 24. For more detail, refer to the USB Specification Revision 2.0 about the  
protocol and ISP1161A USB HC register usage.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
24 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Reset  
Exit  
no  
HC state =  
USBOperational  
yes  
Need  
USB traffic?  
Prepare PTD data in  
µP system RAM  
Transfer PTD data into  
HC FIFO buffer RAM  
Initialize  
HC  
HC informs HCD of  
USB traffic results  
HC performs USB transactions  
via USB bus I/F  
HC interprets  
PTD data  
Entry  
MGT948  
Fig 24. ISP1161A HC USB transaction loop  
The USB traffic blocks are:  
Reset  
This includes hardware reset by pin RESET and software reset by the  
HcSoftwareReset command (A9H). The reset function will clear all the HC’s  
internal control registers to their reset status. After reset, the HCD must initialize  
the ISP1161A USB HC by setting some registers.  
Initialize HC  
It includes:  
Setting the physical size for the HC’s internal FIFO buffer RAM by setting the  
HcITLBufferLength register (2AH - read, AAH - write) and the  
HcATLBufferLength register (2BH - read, ABH - write)  
Setting the HcHardwareConfiguration register according to requirements  
Clearing interrupt events, if required  
Enabling interrupt events, if required  
Setting the HcFmInterval register (0DH - read, 8DH - write)  
Setting the HC’s Root Hub registers  
Setting the HcControl register to move the HC into USBOperational state  
See also Section 9.5.  
Entry  
The normal entry point. The microprocessor returns to this point when there are  
HC requests.  
Need USB Traffic  
USB devices need the HC to generate USB traffic when they have USB traffic  
requests such as:  
Connecting to or disconnecting from the downstream ports  
Issuing the Resume signal to the HC  
To generate USB traffic, the HCD must enter the USB transaction loop.  
Prepare PTD data in µP System RAM  
The communication between the HCD and the ISP1161A HC is in the form of  
Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD) data. The PTD data provides USB traffic  
information about the commands, status, and USB data packets.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
25 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
The physical storage media of PTD data for the HCD is the microprocessor’s  
system RAM. For the ISP1161A HC, the storage media is the internal FIFO buffer  
RAM.  
The HCD prepares PTD data in the microprocessor system RAM for transfer to the  
ISP1161A HC internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
Transfer PTD data into HC’s FIFO buffer RAM  
When PTD data is ready in the microprocessor’s system RAM, the HCD must  
transfer the PTD data from the microprocessor’s system RAM into the ISP1161A  
internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
HC interprets PTD data  
The HC determines what USB transactions are required based on the PTD data  
that has been transferred into the internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
HC performs USB transactions via USB Bus interface  
The HC performs the USB transactions with the specified USB device endpoint  
through the USB bus interface.  
HC informs HCD the USB traffic results  
The USB transaction status and the feedback from the specified USB device  
endpoint will be put back into the ISP1161A HC internal FIFO buffer RAM in PTD  
data format. The HCD can read back the PTD data from the internal FIFO buffer  
RAM.  
9.3 PTD data structure  
The Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD) data structure provides communication  
between the HCD and the ISP1161A USB HC. The PTD data contains information  
required by the USB traffic. PTD data consists of a PTD followed by its payload data,  
as shown in Figure 25.  
FIFO buffer RAM  
top  
PTD  
PTD data #1  
payload data  
PTD  
PTD data #2  
payload data  
PTD  
PTD data #N  
payload data  
bottom  
MGT949  
Fig 25. PTD data in FIFO buffer RAM.  
The PTD data structure is used by the HC to define a buffer of data that will be moved  
to or from an endpoint in the USB device. This data buffer is set up for the current  
frame (1 ms frame) by the HCD. The payload data for every transfer in the frame must  
have a PTD as a header to describe the characteristics of the transfer. PTD data is  
DWORD aligned.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
26 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
9.3.1 PTD data header definition  
The PTD forms the header of the PTD data. It tells the HC the transfer type, where  
the payload data goes, and the payload data’s actual size. A PTD is an 8 byte data  
structure that is very important for HCD programming.  
Table 4:  
Bit  
Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD): bit allocation  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte 0  
Byte 1  
Byte 2  
Byte 3  
Byte 4  
Byte 5  
Byte 6  
Byte 7  
ActualBytes[7:0]  
Active  
CompletionCode[3:0]  
EndpointNumber[3:0]  
Toggle  
Speed  
ActualBytes[9:8]  
MaxPacketSize[9:8]  
TotalBytes[9:8]  
MaxPacketSize[7:0]  
Last  
TotalBytes[7:0]  
reserved  
B5_5  
reserved  
FunctionAddress[6:0]  
reserved  
DirectionPID[1:0]  
Format  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
27 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 5:  
Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD): bit description  
Symbol  
Access  
R/W  
Description  
ActualBytes[9:0]  
CompletionCode[3:0]  
Contains the number of bytes that were transferred for this PTD  
R/W  
0000 NoError  
General TD or isochronous data packet processing  
completed with no detected errors.  
0001 CRC  
Last data packet from endpoint contained a CRC error.  
0010 BitStuffing  
Last data packet from endpoint contained a bit stuffing  
violation.  
0011 DataToggleMismatch  
0100 Stall  
Last packet from endpoint had data toggle PID that did  
not match the expected value.  
TD was moved to the Done queue because the  
endpoint returned a STALL PID.  
0101 DeviceNotResponding Device did not respond to token (IN) or did not provide a  
handshake (OUT).  
0110 PIDCheckFailure  
0111 UnexpectedPID  
1000 DataOverrun  
Check bits on PID from endpoint failed on data PID (IN)  
or handshake (OUT)  
Received PID was not valid when encountered or PID  
value is not defined.  
The amount of data returned by the endpoint exceeded  
either the size of the maximum data packet allowed  
from the endpoint (found in MaximumPacketSize field of  
ED) or the remaining buffer size.  
1001 DataUnderrun  
The endpoint returned is less than MaximumPacketSize  
and that amount was not sufficient to fill the specified  
buffer.  
1010 reserved  
-
-
1011 reserved  
1100 BufferOverrun  
During an IN, the HC received data from an endpoint  
faster than it could be written to system memory.  
1101 BufferUnderrun  
During an OUT, the HC could not retrieve data from the  
system memory fast enough to keep up with the USB  
data rate.  
Active  
R/W  
Set to logic 1 by firmware to enable the execution of transactions by the HC. When the  
transaction associated with this descriptor is completed, the HC sets this bit to logic 0,  
indicating that a transaction for this element will not be executed when it is next  
encountered in the schedule.  
Toggle  
R/W  
R
Used to generate or compare the data PID value (DATA0 or DATA1). It is updated after  
each successful transmission or reception of a data packet.  
MaxPacketSize[9:0]  
The maximum number of bytes that can be sent to or received from the endpoint in a  
single data packet.  
EndpointNumber[3:0]  
R
R
R
USB address of the endpoint within the function.  
Last PTD of a list (ITL or ATL). Logic 1 indicates that the PTD is the last PTD.  
Speed of the endpoint:  
Last  
Speed  
0 — full speed  
1 — low speed  
TotalBytes[9:0]  
R
Specifies the total number of bytes to be transferred with this data structure. For Bulk and  
Control only, this can be greater than MaximumPacketSize.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
28 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 5:  
Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD): bit description…continued  
Symbol  
Access  
Description  
DirectionPID[1:0]  
R
00  
01  
10  
11  
SETUP  
OUT  
IN  
reserved  
B5_5  
R/W  
This bit is logic 0 at power-on reset. When this feature is not used, software used for  
ISP1161A is the same for ISP1160 and ISP1161. When this bit is set to logic 1 in this  
PTD for interrupt endpoint transfer, only 1 PTD USB transaction will be sent out in 1 ms.  
Format  
R
R
The format of this data structure. If this is a Control, Bulk or Interrupt endpoint, then  
Format = 0. If this is an Isochronous endpoint, then Format = 1.  
FunctionAddress[6:0]  
This is the USB address of the function containing the endpoint that this PTD refers to.  
9.4 HC internal FIFO buffer RAM structure  
9.4.1 Partitions  
According to the Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev. 2.0, there are four types of  
USB data transfers: Control, Bulk, Interrupt and Isochronous.  
The HC’s internal FIFO buffer RAM has a physical size of 4 kbytes. This internal FIFO  
buffer RAM is used for transferring data between the microprocessor and USB  
peripheral devices. This on-chip buffer RAM can be partitioned into two areas:  
Acknowledged Transfer List (ATL) buffer and Isochronous (ISO)Transfer List (ITL)  
buffer. The ITL buffer is a Ping-Pong structured FIFO buffer RAM that is used to keep  
the payload data and their PTD header for Isochronous transfers. The ATL buffer is a  
non Ping-Pong structured FIFO buffer RAM that is used for the other three types of  
transfers.  
The ITL buffer can be further partitioned into ITL0 and ITL1 for the Ping-Pong  
structure. The ITL0 buffer and ITL1 buffer always have the same size. The  
microprocessor can put ISO data into either the ITL0 buffer or the ITL1 buffer. When  
the microprocessor accesses an ITL buffer, the HC can take over the other ITL buffer  
at the same time. This architecture improves the ISO transfer performance.  
The HCD can assign the logical size for the ATL buffer and ITL buffers at any time, but  
normally at initialization after power-on reset. This is done by setting the  
HcATLBufferLength register (2BH - read, ABH - write) and HcITLBufferLength  
register (2AH - read, AAH - write). The total buffer length cannot exceed the  
maximum RAM size of 4 kbytes (ATL buffer + ITL buffer). Figure 26 shows the  
partitions of the internal FIFO buffer RAM. When assigning buffer RAM sizes, follow  
this formula:  
ATL buffer length + 2 × (ITL buffer size) 1000H (that is, 4 kbytes)  
where: ITL buffer size = ITL0 buffer length = ITL1 buffer length  
The following assignments are examples of legal uses of the internal FIFO buffer  
RAM:  
ATL buffer length = 800H, ITL buffer length = 400H.  
This is the maximum use of the internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
29 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
ATL buffer length = 400H, ITL buffer length = 200H.  
This is insufficient use of the internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
ATL buffer length = 1000H, ITL buffer length = 0H.  
This will use the internal FIFO buffer RAM for only ATL transfers.  
FIFO buffer RAM  
top  
ITL0  
ISO_A  
ISO_B  
ITL buffer  
ATL buffer  
ITL1  
programmable  
sizes  
control/bulk/interrupt  
data  
ATL  
not used  
bottom  
4 kbytes  
MGT950  
Fig 26. HC internal FIFO buffer RAM partitions.  
The actual requirement for the buffer RAM need not reach the maximum size. You  
can make your selection based on your application. The following are some  
calculations of the ISO_A or ISO_B space for a frame of data:  
Maximum number of useful data sent during one USB frame is 1280 bytes (20  
ISO packets of 64 bytes). The total RAM size needed is:  
20 × 8 + 1280 = 1440 bytes.  
Maximum number of packets for different endpoints sent during one USB frame is  
150 (150 ISO packets of 1 byte). The total RAM size needed is:  
150 × 8 + 150 × 1 = 1350 bytes.  
The Ping buffer RAM (ITL0) and the Pong buffer RAM (ITL1) have a maximum size  
of 2 kbytes each. All data needed for one frame can be stored in the Ping or the  
Pong buffer RAM.  
When the embedded system wants to initiate a transfer to the USB bus, the data  
needed for one frame is transferred to the ATL buffer or ITL buffer. The  
microprocessor detects the buffer status through the interrupt routines. When the  
HcBufferStatus register (2CH - read only) indicates that the buffer is empty, then the  
microprocessor writes data into the buffer. When the HcBufferStatus register  
indicates that the buffer is full, the data is ready on the buffer, and the microprocessor  
needs to read data from the buffer.  
During every 1 ms, there might be many events to generate interrupt requests to the  
microprocessor for data transfer or status retrieval. However, each of the interrupt  
types defined in this specification can be enabled or disabled by setting the  
HcµPInterruptEnable register bits accordingly.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
30 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
The data transfer can be done via the PIO mode or the DMA mode. The data transfer  
rate can go up to 15 Mbyte/s. In DMA operation, single-cycle or multi-cycle burst  
modes are supported. Multi-cycle burst modes of 1, 4, or 8 cycles per burst is  
supported for ISP1161A.  
9.4.2 Data organization  
PTD data is used for every data transfer between a microprocessor and the USB bus,  
and the PTD data resides in the buffer RAM. For an OUT or SETUP transfer, the  
payload data is placed just after the PTD, after which the next PTD is placed. For an  
IN transfer, RAM space is reserved for receiving a number of bytes that is equal to the  
total bytes of the transfer. After this, the next PTD and its payload data are placed  
(see Figure 27).  
Remark: The PTD is defined for both ATL and ITL type data transfers. For ITL, the  
PTD data is put into ITL buffer RAM, and the ISP1161A takes care of the Ping-Pong  
action for the ITL buffer RAM access.  
RAM buffer  
top  
000H  
PTD of OUT transfer  
payload data of OUT transfer  
PTD of IN transfer  
empty space for IN total data  
PTD of OUT transfer  
payload data of OUT transfer  
bottom  
7FFH  
MGT952  
Fig 27. Buffer RAM data organization.  
The PTD data (PTD header and its payload data) is a structure of DWORD (double-  
word or 4-byte) alignment. This means that the memory address is organized in  
blocks of 4 bytes. Therefore, the first byte of every PTD and the first byte of every  
payload data are located at an address which is a multiple of 4. Figure 28 illustrates  
an example in which the first payload data is 14 bytes long, meaning that the last byte  
of the payload data is at the location 15H. The next addresses (16H and 17H) are not  
multiples of 4. Therefore, the first byte of the next PTD will be located at the next  
multiple-of-four address, 18H.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
31 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
RAM buffer  
top  
00H  
08H  
PTD  
(8 bytes)  
payload data  
(14 bytes)  
15H  
18H  
PTD  
(8 bytes)  
20H  
payload data  
MGT953  
Fig 28. PTD data with DWORD alignment in buffer RAM.  
9.4.3 Operation and C program example  
Figure 29 shows the block diagram for internal FIFO buffer RAM operations in PIO  
mode. The ISP1161A provides one register as the access port for each buffer RAM.  
For the ITL buffer RAM, the access port is the ITLBufferPort register (40H - read, C0H  
- write). For the ATL buffer RAM, the access port is the ATLBufferPort register (41H -  
read, C1H - write). The buffer RAM is an array of bytes (8 bits) while the access port  
is a 16-bit register. Therefore, each read/write operation on the port accesses two  
consecutive memory locations, incrementing the pointer of the internal buffer RAM by  
two. The lower byte of the access port register corresponds to the data byte at the  
even location of the buffer RAM, and the upper byte corresponds to the next data  
byte at the odd location of the buffer RAM. Regardless of the number of data bytes to  
be transferred, the command code must be issued merely once, and it will be  
followed by a number of accesses of the data port (see Section 8.4).  
When the pointer of the buffer RAM reaches the value of the HcTransferCounter  
register, an internal EOT signal will be generated to set bit 2, AllEOTInterrupt, of the  
HcµPinterrupt register and update the HcBufferStatus register, to indicate that the  
whole data transfer has been completed.  
For ITL buffer RAM, every Start Of Frame (SOF) signal (1 ms) will cause toggling  
between ITL0 and ITL1, but this depends on the buffer status. If both ITL0BufferFull  
and ITL1BufferFull of the HcBufferStatus register are already logic 1, meaning that  
both ITL0 and ITL1 buffer RAMs are full, the toggling will not happen. In this case, the  
microprocessor will always have access to ITL1.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
32 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
command port  
data port  
1
Host bus I/F  
Control registers  
Commands  
0
Command register  
A0  
TransferCounter  
22H/A2H  
24H/A4H  
EOT  
2
1
0
µPInterrupt  
=
internal EOT  
2CH  
40H/C0H  
41H/C1H  
BufferStatus  
ITLBufferPort  
ATLBufferPort  
(16-bit width)  
toggle  
T
SOF  
BufferStatus  
Pointer  
000H  
000H  
001H  
000H  
001H  
automatically  
increments by 2  
001H  
3FFH  
3FFH  
7FFH  
ITL0 buffer RAM  
(8-bit width)  
ITL1 buffer RAM  
(8-bit width)  
ATL buffer RAM  
(8-bit width)  
MGT951  
Fig 29. PIO access to internal FIFO buffer RAM.  
Following is an example of a C program that shows how to write data into the ATL  
buffer RAM. The total number of data bytes to be transferred is 80 (decimal) which  
will be set into the HcTransferCounter register as 50H. The data consists of four types  
of PTD data:  
1. The first PTD header (IN) is 8 bytes, followed by 16 bytes of space reserved for  
its payload data;  
2. The second PTD header (IN) is also 8 bytes, followed by 8 bytes of space  
reserved for its payload data;  
3. The third PTD header (OUT) is 8 bytes, followed by 16 bytes of payload data with  
values beginning from 0H to FH incrementing by 1;  
4. The fourth PTD header (OUT) is also 8 bytes, followed by 8 bytes of payload data  
with values beginning from 0H to EH incrementing by 2.  
In all PTDs, we have assigned device address as 5 and endpoint as 1. ActualBytes is  
always zero (0). TotalBytes equals the number of payload data bytes transferred,  
however, note that for bulk and control transfers, TotalBytes can be greater than  
MaxPacketSize.  
Table 6 shows the results after running this program.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
33 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
However, if communication with a peripheral USB device is desired, the device should  
be connected to the downstream port and pass enumeration.  
// The example program for writing ATL buffer RAM  
#include <conio.h>  
#include <stdio.h>  
#include <dos.h>  
// Define register commands  
#define wHcTransferCounter 0x22  
#define wHcuPInterrupt 0x24  
#define wHcATLBufferLength 0x2b  
#define wHcBufferStatus 0x2c  
// Define I/O Port Address for HC  
#define HcDataPort 0x290  
#define HcCmdPort 0x292  
// Declare external functions to be used  
unsigned int HcRegRead(unsigned int wIndex);  
void HcRegWrite(unsigned int wIndex,unsigned int wValue);  
void main(void)  
{
unsigned int i;  
unsigned int wCount,wData;  
// Prepare PTD data to be written into HC ATL buffer RAM:  
unsigned int PTDData[0x28]=  
{
0x0800,0x1010,0x0810,0x0005, // PTD header for IN token #1  
// Reserved space for payload data of IN token #1  
0x0000,0x0000,0x0000,0x0000, 0x0000,0x0000,0x0000,0x0000,  
0x0800,0x1008,0x0808,0x0005, // PTD header for IN token #2  
// Reserved space for payload data of IN token #2  
0x0000,0x0000,0x0000,0x0000,  
0x0800,0x1010,0x0410,0x0005, // PTD header for OUT token #1  
0x0100,0x0302,0x0504,0x0706, // Payload data for OUT token #1  
0x0908,0x0b0a,0x0d0c,0x0f0e,  
0x0800,0x1808,0x0408,0x0005, // PTD header for OUT token #2  
0x0200,0x0604,0x0a08,0x0e0c // Payload data for OUT token #2  
};  
HcRegWrite(wHcuPInterrupt,0x04); // Clear EOT interrupt bit  
// HcRegWrite(wHcITLBufferLength,0x0);  
HcRegWrite(wHcATLBufferLength,0x1000); // RAM full use for ATL  
// Set the number of bytes to be transferred  
HcRegWrite(wHcTransferCounter,0x50);  
wCount = 0x28; // Get word count outport  
(HcCmdPort,0x00c1); // Command for ATL buffer write  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
34 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
// Write 80 (0x50) bytes of data into ATL buffer RAM  
for (i=0;i<wCount;i++)  
{
outport(HcDataPort,PTDData[i]);  
};  
// Check EOT interrupt bit  
wData = HcRegRead(wHcuPInterrupt);  
printf("\n HC Interrupt Status = %xH.\n",wData);  
// Check Buffer status register  
wData = HcRegRead(wHcBufferStatus);  
printf("\n HC Buffer Status = %xH.\n",wData);  
}
//  
// Read HC 16-bit registers  
//  
unsigned int HcRegRead(unsigned int wIndex)  
{ unsigned int wValue;  
outport(HcCmdPort,wIndex & 0x7f);  
wValue = inport(HcDataPort);  
return(wValue);  
}
//  
// Write HC 16-bit registers  
//  
void HcRegWrite(unsigned int wIndex,unsigned int wValue)  
{
outport(HcCmdPort,wIndex | 0x80);  
outport(HcDataPort,wValue);  
}
Table 6:  
Run results of the C program example  
Observed items  
HC not initialized and not in HC initialized and in  
Comments  
USBOperational state  
USBOperational state  
HcµPinterrupt register  
Bit 1 (ATLInt)  
0
1
1
1
microprocessor must read ATL  
transfer completed  
Bit 2 (AllEOTInterrupt)  
HcBufferStatus register  
Bit 2 (ATLBufferFull)  
Bit 5 (ATLBufferDone)  
USB Traffic on USB Bus  
1
0
1
1
transfer completed  
PTD data processed by HC  
OUT packets can be seen  
No  
Yes  
9.5 HC operational model  
Upon power-up, the HCD initializes all operational registers (32-bit). The  
FSLargestDataPacket field (bits 30 to 16) of the HcFmInterval register (0DH - read,  
8DH - write) and the HcLSThreshold register (11H - read, 91H - write) determine the  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
35 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
end of the frame for full-speed and low-speed packets. By programming these fields,  
the effective USB bus usage can be changed. Furthermore, the size of the ITL buffers  
(HcITLBufferLength, 2AH - read, AAH - write) is programmed.  
In the case when a USB frame contains both ISO and AT packets, two interrupts will  
be generated per frame.  
One interrupt is issued concurrently with the SOF. This interrupt (the ITLint bit is set in  
the HcµPInterrupt register) triggers reading and writing of the ITL buffer by the  
microprocessor, after which the interrupt is cleared by the microprocessor.  
Next the programmable ATL Interrupt (the ATLint bit is set in the HcµPInterrupt  
register) is issued, which triggers reading and writing of the ATL buffer by the  
microprocessor, after which the interrupt is cleared by the microprocessor. If the  
microprocessor cannot handle the ISO interrupt before the next ISO interrupt,  
disrupted ISO traffic can result.  
To be able to send more than one packet to the same Control or Bulk endpoint in the  
same frame, an Active bit and a TotalBytes field are introduced (see Table 5). The  
Active bit is cleared only if all data of the Philips Transfer Descriptor (PTD) has been  
transferred or if a transaction at that endpoint contained a fatal error. If all PTDs of the  
ATL are serviced, and the frame is not over yet, the HC starts looking for a PTD with  
the Active bit still set. If such a PTD is found and there is still enough time in this  
frame, another transaction is started on the USB bus for this endpoint.  
For ISO processing, the HCD also has to take care of the HCBufferStatus register  
(2CH, read only) for the ITL buffer RAM operations. After the HCD writes ISO data  
into ITL buffer RAM, the ITL0BufferFull or ITL1BufferFull bit (depends if it is ITL0 or  
ITL1) will be set to logic 1.  
After the HC processes the ISO data in the ITL buffer RAM, the corresponding  
ITL0BufferDone or ITL1BufferDone bit will automatically be set to logic 1.The HCD  
can clear the buffer status bits by a read of the ITL buffer RAM. This must be done  
within the 1 ms frame from which the ITL0BufferDone or ITL1BufferDone was set.  
For example, the HCD writes ISO_A data into the ITL0 buffer in the first frame. This  
will cause the HCBufferStatus register to show that the ITL0 buffer is full by setting  
the ITL0BufferFull bit to logic 1. At this stage the HCD cannot write ISO data into the  
ITL0 buffer RAM again.  
In the second frame, the HC will process the ISO-A data in the ITL0 buffer. At the  
same time, the HCD can write ISO-B data into ITL1 buffer. When the next SOF  
comes (the beginning of the third frame), both the ITL1BufferFull and ITL0BufferDone  
are automatically set to logic 1.  
In the third frame the HCD has to read at least two bytes (one word) of the ITL0 buffer  
to clear both the ITL0BufferFull and ITL0BufferDone bits. If both are not cleared,  
when the next SOF comes (the beginning of the fourth frame) the ITL0BufferDone  
and ITL0BufferFull bits will be cleared automatically. This also applies to the ITL1  
buffer because the ITL0 and ITL1 are Ping-Pong structured buffers. To recover from  
this state, a power-on reset or software reset will have to be applied.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
36 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
9.5.1 Time domain behavior  
In example 1 (Figure 30), the microprocessor is fast enough to read back and  
download a scenario before the next interrupt. Note that on the ISO interrupt of  
frame N:  
The ISO packet for frame N + 1 will be written  
The AT packet for frame N + 1 will be written.  
AT  
interrupt  
traffic  
on USB  
SOF  
(frame N)  
(frame N + 1)  
(frame N + 2)  
(frame N + 3)  
MGT954  
ISO  
interrupt  
read ISO_A(N 1) write ISO_A(N + 1)  
read AT(N)  
write AT(N + 1)  
Fig 30. HC time domain behavior: example 1.  
In example 2 (Figure 31), the microprocessor is still busy transferring the AT data  
when the ISO interrupt of the next frame (N + 1) is raised. As a result, there will be no  
AT traffic in frame N + 1. The HC does not raise an AT interrupt in frame N + 1. The  
AT part is simply postponed until frame N + 2. On the AT N + 2 interrupt, the transfer  
mechanism is back to normal operation. This simple mechanism ensures, among  
other things, that Control transfers are not dropped systematically from the USB in  
case of an overloaded microprocessor.  
(frame N)  
(frame N + 1)  
(frame N + 2)  
(frame N + 3)  
MGT955  
Fig 31. HC time domain behavior: example 2.  
In example 3 (Figure 32), the ISO part is still being written while the Start of Frame  
(SOF) of the next frame has occurred. This will result in undefined behavior for the  
ISO data on the USB bus in frame N + 1 (depending on if the exact timing data is  
corrupted or not). The HC should not raise an AT interrupt in frame N + 1.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
37 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
(frame N)  
(frame N + 1)  
(frame N + 2)  
(frame N + 3)  
MGT956  
Fig 32. HC time domain behavior: example 3.  
9.5.2 Control transaction limitations  
The different phases of a Control transfer (SETUP, Data and Status) should never be  
put in the same ATL.  
9.6 Microprocessor loading  
The maximum amount of data that can be transferred for an endpoint during one  
frame is 1023 bytes. The number of USB packets that are needed for this batch of  
data depends on the maximum packet size that is specified.  
The HCD has to schedule the transactions in a frame. On the other hand, the HCD  
must have the ability to handle the interrupts coming from the HC every 1 ms. It must  
also be able to do the scheduling for the next frame, reading the frame information  
from and writing the next frame information to the buffer RAM in the time between the  
end of the current frame and the start of the next frame.  
9.7 Internal pull-down resistors for downstream ports  
There are four internal 15 kpull-down resistors built into the ISP1161A for the two  
downstream ports: two resistors for each port. These resistors are software  
selectable by programming bit 12 (2_DownstreamPort15K resistorsel) of the  
HcHardwareConfiguration register (20H - read, A0H - write). When bit 12 is logic 0,  
external 15 kpull-down resistors are used. If bit 12 is set to logic 1, the internal  
15 kpull-down resistors are used. See Figure 33.  
This feature is a cost-saving option. However, the power-on reset default value of  
bit 12 is logic 0. If using the internal resistors, the HCD must set this bit status after  
every reset, because a reset action (hardware or software) will clear this bit.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
38 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
V
BUS  
USB  
connector  
ISP1161A  
22 Ω  
22 Ω  
D−  
D+  
bit 12  
HcHardware  
Configuration  
47 pF  
(2×)  
external  
15 kΩ  
(2×)  
internal  
15 kΩ  
(2×)  
004aaa088  
Using either internal or external 15 kresistors.  
Fig 33. Use of 15 kpull-down resistors on downstream ports.  
9.8 OC detection and power switching control  
A downstream port provides 5 V power supply to VBUS. The ISP1161A has built-in  
hardware functions to monitor the downstream ports loading conditions and control  
their power switching. These hardware functions are implemented by the internal  
power switching control circuit and overcurrent detection circuit. H_PSW1 and  
H_PSW2 are power switching control output pins (active LOW, open drain) for  
downstream port 1 and 2, respectively. H_OC1 and H_OC2 are overcurrent detection  
input pins for downstream ports 1 and 2, respectively.  
Figure 34 shows the ISP1161A downstream port power management scheme  
(‘n’ represents the downstream port numbers, n = 1 or 2).  
regulator  
HC CORE  
HcHardware  
V
CC  
(+5 V or +3.3 V)  
OC detect  
Configuration  
OC select  
1
bit 10  
H_OCn  
0
Reg  
PSW  
H_PSWn  
C/L  
ISP1161A  
004aaa089  
‘n’ represents the downstream port number (n = 1 or 2)  
Fig 34. Downstream port power management scheme.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
39 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
9.8.1 Using an internal OC detection circuit  
The internal OC detection circuit can be used only when VCC (pin 56) is connected to  
a 5 V power supply. The HCD must set AnalogOCEnable, bit 10 of the  
HcHardwareConfiguration register, to logic 1.  
An application using the internal OC detection circuit and internal 15 kpull-down  
resistors is shown in Figure 35. In this example, the HCD must set both  
AnalogOCEnable and DownstreamPort15KresistorSel to logic 1. They are bit 10 and  
bit 12 of the HcHardwareConfiguration register, respectively.  
When H_OCn detects an overcurrent status on a downstream port, H_PSWn will  
output HIGH, logic 1 to turn off the 5 V power supply to the downstream port VBUS  
When there is no such condition, H_PSWn will output LOW, logic 0 to turn on the 5 V  
power supply to the downstream port VBUS  
.
.
In general applications, a P-channel MOSFET can be used as the power switch for  
VBUS. Connect the 5 V power supply to the source of the P-channel MOSFET, VBUS to  
the drain, and H_PSWn to the gate. Call the voltage drop across the drain and source  
the overcurrent detection voltage (VOC). For the internal overcurrent detection circuit,  
a voltage comparator has been incorporated with a nominal voltage threshold (Vtrip  
)
of 75 mV. When VOC exceeds Vtrip, H_PSWn will output a HIGH level, logic 1 to turn  
off the P-channel MOSFET. If the P-channel MOSFET has a RDSon of 150 m, the  
overcurrent threshold will be 500 mA. The selection of a P-channel MOSFET with a  
different RDSon will result in a different overcurrent threshold.  
regulator  
HC CORE  
HcHardware  
P-Ch  
MOSFET  
V
CC  
+
5 V  
OC detect  
Configuration  
OC select  
bit 10  
1
+
V = 5 V V  
BUS  
H_OCn  
0
Reg  
V
BUS  
PSW  
H_PSWn  
C/L  
USB  
downstream  
port  
connector  
22 Ω  
H_DMn  
H_DPn  
ATX  
SIE  
22 Ω  
bit 12  
47 pF  
(2×)  
HcHardware  
Configuration  
15 kΩ  
(2×)  
ISP1161A  
004aaa090  
‘n’ represents the downstream port number (n = 1 or 2)  
Fig 35. Using internal OC detection circuit.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
40 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
9.8.2 Using an external OC detection circuit  
When VCC (pin 56) is connected to a 3.3 V instead of the 5 V power supply, the  
internal OC detection circuit cannot be used. An external OC detection circuit must be  
used instead. Regardless of the VCC value, an external OC detection circuit can  
always be used. To use an external OC detection circuit, AnalogOCEnable, bit 10 of  
the HcHardwareConfiguration register, must be logic 0. By default after reset, this bit  
is already logic 0; therefore, the HCD does not need to clear this bit.  
Figure 36 shows how to use an external OC detection circuit.  
+
+
3.3 V or 5 V  
regulator  
HC CORE  
HcHardware  
V
CC  
V
+
5 V  
BUS  
OC detect  
Configuration  
OC select  
external  
OC detect  
bit 10  
1
V
V
i
H_OCn  
o
0
Reg  
OC  
EN  
PSW  
H_PSWn  
C/L  
USB  
downstream  
port  
connector  
22 Ω  
22 Ω  
H_DMn  
H_DPn  
ATX  
SIE  
bit 12  
47 pF  
(2×)  
HcHardware  
Configuration  
15 kΩ  
(2×)  
ISP1161A  
004aaa091  
‘n’ represents the downstream port number (n = 1 or 2)  
Fig 36. Using an external OC detection circuit.  
9.9 Suspend and wake-up  
9.9.1 HC suspended state  
The HC can be put into suspended state by setting the HcControl register (01H -  
read, 81H - write). See Figure 23 for the HC’s flow of USB state changes.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
41 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
XOSC_6MHz  
HC_ClkOk  
PLL_Lock  
HC PLL  
PLL_ClkOut  
DIGITAL  
CLOCK  
SWITCH  
XOSC  
On  
HC_Clk48MOut  
(to DC PLL)  
HC_RawClk48M  
On  
On  
HC  
CORE  
HC_EnableClock  
HcHardware Configuration  
bit 11 (SuspendClkNotStop)  
On  
HC_NeedClock  
VOLTAGE  
REGULATOR  
H_Wakeup (pin)  
CS (pin)  
MGT958  
DC_EnableClock  
Fig 37. ISP1161A suspend and resume clock scheme.  
In suspended state, the device will consume considerably less power by turning off  
the internal 48 MHz clock, PLL and crystal, and setting the internal regulator to  
power-down mode. The ISP1161A suspend and resume clock scheme is shown in  
Figure 37.  
Remark: The ISP1161A can only be put into a fully suspended state only after both  
the HC and the DC go into suspend state. At this point, the crystal can be turned off  
and the internal regulator can be put into power-down mode.  
Pin H_SUSPEND is the sensing output pin for HC’s suspended state. When the HC  
goes into USBSuspend state, this pin will output a HIGH level (logic 1). This pin is  
cleared to LOW (logic 0) level only when the HC is put into a USBReset state or  
USBOperational state (refer to the HcControl register bits 7 to 6, 01H - read, 81H -  
write). Bit 11, SuspendClkNotStop, of the HcHardwareConfiguration register (20H -  
read, A0H - write), defines if the HC internal clock is stopped or kept running when  
the HC goes into USBSuspend state. After the HC enters the USBSuspend state for  
1.3 ms, the internal clock will be stopped if bit SuspendClkNotStop is logic 0.  
9.9.2 HC wake-up from suspended state  
There are three methods to wake up the HC from the USBSuspend state: hardware  
wake-up, software wake-up, and USB bus resume.  
They are described as follows:  
Wake-up by pin H_WAKEUP  
Pins H_SUSPEND and H_WAKEUP provide a method of remote wake-up control  
for the HC without the need to access the HC internal registers. H_WAKEUP is an  
external wake-up control input pin for the HC. After the HC goes into USBSuspend  
state, it can be woken up by sending a HIGH level pulse to pin H_WAKEUP. This  
will turn on the HC’s internal clock, and set bit 6, ClkReady, of the HcµPInterrupt  
register (24H - read, A4H - write).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
42 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Under the USBSuspend state, once pin H_WAKEUP goes HIGH, after 160 µs, the  
internal clock will be up. If pin H_WAKEUP continues to be HIGH, then the internal  
clock will be kept running, and the microprocessor can set the HC into  
USBOperational state during this time.  
If H_WAKEUP goes LOW for more than 1.14 ms, the internal clock stops, and the  
HC goes back into USBSuspend state.  
Wake-up by pin CS (software wake-up)  
During the USBSuspend state, an external microprocessor issues a chip select  
signal through pin CS. This method of access to ISP1161A internal registers is a  
software wake-up.  
Wake-up by USB devices  
For a USB bus resume, a USB device attached to the root hub port issues a  
resume signal to the HC through the USB bus, switching the HC from  
USBSuspend state to USBResume state. This will also set the ResumeDetected  
bit of the HcInterruptStatus register (03H - read, 83H - write).  
No matter which method is used to wake up the HC from USBSuspend state, the  
corresponding interrupt bits must be enabled before the HC goes into USBSuspend  
state so that the microprocessor can receive the correct interrupt request to wake up  
the HC.  
10. HC registers  
The HC contains a set of on-chip control registers. These registers can be read or  
written by the Host Controller Driver (HCD). The Control and Status register sets,  
Frame Counter register sets, and Root Hub register sets are grouped under the  
category of HC Operational registers (32 bits). These operational registers are made  
compatible to OpenHCI (Host Controller Interface) Operational registers. This allows  
the OpenHCI HCD to be easily ported to ISP1161A.  
Reserved bits may be defined in future releases of this specification. To ensure  
interoperability, the HCD must not assume that a reserved field contains logic 0.  
Furthermore, the HCD must always preserve the values of the reserved field. When a  
R/W register is modified, the HCD must first read the register, modify the bits desired,  
and then write the register with the reserved bits still containing the original value.  
Alternatively, the HCD can maintain an in-memory copy of previously written values  
that can be modified and then written to the HC register. When a ‘write to set’ or ‘clear  
the register’ is performed, bits written to reserved fields must be logic 0.  
As shown in Table 7, the addresses (the commands for accessing registers) of these  
32-bit Operational registers are similar the offsets defined in the OHCI specification  
with the addresses being equal to offset divided by 4.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
43 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 7:  
HC registers summary  
Address (Hex)  
Register  
Width Reference  
Functionality  
read  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
0D  
0E  
0F  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
20  
21  
22  
24  
25  
27  
28  
-
write  
-
HcRevision  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
Section 10.1.1 on page 44  
Section 10.1.2 on page 45  
Section 10.1.3 on page 46  
Section 10.1.4 on page 48  
Section 10.1.5 on page 49  
Section 10.1.6 on page 50  
Section 10.2.1 on page 52  
Section 10.2.2 on page 53  
Section 10.2.3 on page 53  
Section 10.2.4 on page 54  
Section 10.3.1 on page 56  
Section 10.3.2 on page 57  
Section 10.3.3 on page 59  
Section 10.3.4 on page 61  
Section 10.3.4 on page 61  
Section 10.4.1 on page 65  
Section 10.4.2 on page 66  
Section 10.4.3 on page 67  
Section 10.4.4 on page 68  
Section 10.4.5 on page 69  
Section 10.5.1 on page 70  
Section 10.5.2 on page 71  
Section 10.5.3 on page 71  
Section 10.6.1 on page 72  
Section 10.6.2 on page 72  
Section 10.6.3 on page 73  
Section 10.6.4 on page 74  
Section 10.6.5 on page 74  
Section 10.6.6 on page 75  
Section 10.6.7 on page 75  
HC Control and Status registers  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
8D  
-
HcControl  
HcCommandStatus  
HcInterruptStatus  
HcInterruptEnable  
HcInterruptDisable  
HcFmInterval  
HC Frame Counter registers  
HC Root Hub registers  
HcFmRemaining  
HcFmNumber  
-
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A4  
A5  
-
HcLSThreshold  
HcRhDescriptorA  
HcRhDescriptorB  
HcRhStatus  
HcRhPortStatus[1]  
HcRhPortStatus[2]  
HcHardwareConfiguration  
HcDMAConfiguration  
HcTransferCounter  
HcµPInterrupt  
HC DMA and Interrupt Control  
registers  
HcµPInterruptEnable  
HcChipID  
HC Miscellaneous registers  
A8  
A9  
AA  
AB  
-
HcScratch  
HcSoftwareReset  
HcITLBufferLength  
HcATLBufferLength  
HcBufferStatus  
2A  
2B  
2C  
2D  
2E  
40  
41  
HC Buffer RAM Control registers  
-
HcReadBackITL0Length  
HcReadBackITL1Length  
HcITLBufferPort  
HcATLBufferPort  
-
C0  
C1  
10.1 HC control and status registers  
10.1.1 HcRevision register (R: 00H)  
Code (Hex): 00 — read only  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
44 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 8:  
Bit  
HcRevision register: bit allocation  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
REV[7:0]  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
9
0
R
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 9:  
Bit  
HcRevision register: bit description  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 8  
7 to 0  
Reserved  
REV[7:0]  
Revision: This read-only field contains the BCD representation of  
the version of the HCI specification that is implemented by this HC.  
For example, a value of 11H corresponds to version 1.1. All HC  
implementations that are compliant with this specification will have  
a value of 10H.  
10.1.2 HcControl register (R/W: 01H/81H)  
The HcControl register defines the operating modes for the HC.  
RemoteWakeupEnable (RWE) is modified only by the HCD.  
Code (Hex): 01 — read  
Code (Hex): 81 — write  
Table 10: HcControl register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
45 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
RWE  
0
9
RWC  
0
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
2
R/W  
1
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
HCFS[1:0]  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 11: HcControl register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
31 to 11  
10  
reserved  
RWE  
RemoteWakeupEnable: This bit is used by the HCD to enable or  
disable the remote wake-up feature upon the detection of  
upstream resume signaling. When this bit is set and the  
ResumeDetected bit in HcInterruptStatus is set, a remote wake-up  
is signaled to the host system. Setting this bit has no impact on the  
generation of hardware interrupt.  
9
RWC  
RemoteWakeupConnected: This bit indicates whether the HC  
supports remote wake-up signaling. If remote wake-up is  
supported and used by the system, it is the responsibility of  
system firmware to set this bit during POST. The HC clears the bit  
upon a hardware reset but does not alter it upon a software reset.  
Remote wake-up signaling of the host system is host-bus-specific,  
and is not described in this specification.  
8
-
reserved  
7 to 6  
HCFS  
HostControllerFunctionalState for USB:  
00B — USBReset  
01B — USBResume  
10B — USBOperational  
11B — USBSuspend  
A transition to USBOperational from another state causes  
start-of-frame (SOF) generation to begin 1 ms later. The HCD  
determines whether the HC has begun sending SOFs by reading  
the StartofFrame field of HcInterruptStatus.  
This field can be changed by the HC only when in the  
USBSuspend state. The HC can move from the USBSuspend  
state to the USBResume state after detecting the resume signaling  
from a downstream port.  
The HC enters USBReset after a software reset and a hardware  
reset. The latter also resets the Root Hub and asserts subsequent  
reset signaling to downstream ports.  
5 to 0  
-
reserved  
10.1.3 HcCommandStatus register (R/W: 02H/82H)  
The HcCommandStatus register is used by the HC to receive commands issued by  
the HCD, and it also reflects the HC’s current status. To the HCD, it appears to be a  
‘write to set’ register. The HC must ensure that bits written as logic 1 become set in  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
46 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
the register while bits written as logic 0 remain unchanged in the register. The HCD  
may issue multiple distinct commands to the HC without concern for corrupting  
previously issued commands. The HCD has normal read access to all bits.  
The SchedulingOverrunCount field indicates the number of frames with which the HC  
has detected the scheduling overrun error. This occurs when the Periodic list does  
not complete before EOF. When a scheduling overrun error is detected, the HC  
increments the counter and sets the SchedulingOverrun field in the HcInterruptStatus  
register.  
Code (Hex): 02 — read  
Code (Hex): 82 — write  
Table 12: HcCommandStatus register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
SOC[1:0]  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
9
0
R
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
0
HCR  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
47 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 13: HcCommandStatus register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
31 to 18  
reserved  
17 to 16  
SOC[1:0]  
SchedulingOverrunCount: The field is incremented on each  
scheduling overrun error. It is initialized to 00B and wraps around  
at 11B. It will be incremented when a scheduling overrun is  
detected even if SchedulingOverrun in HcInterruptStatus has  
already been set. This is used by HCD to monitor any persistent  
scheduling problems.  
15 to 1  
0
-
reserved  
HCR  
HostControllerReset: This bit is set by the HCD to initiate a  
software reset of the HC. Regardless of the functional state of HC,  
it moves to the USBSuspend state in which most of the operational  
registers are reset, except those stated otherwise, and no Host  
bus accesses are allowed. This bit is cleared by HC upon the  
completion of the reset operation. The reset operation must be  
completed within 10 µs. This bit, when set, does not cause a reset  
to the Root Hub and no subsequent reset signaling will be  
asserted to its downstream ports.  
10.1.4 HcInterruptStatus register (R/W: 03H/83H)  
This register provides the status of the events that cause hardware interrupts. When  
an event occurs, the HC sets the corresponding bit in this register. When a bit is set, a  
hardware interrupt is generated if the interrupt is enabled in the HcInterruptEnable  
register (see Section 10.1.5) and the MasterInterruptEnable bit is set. The HCD can  
clear individual bits in this register by writing logic 1 to the bit positions to be cleared,  
but cannot set any of these bits. Conversely, the HC can set bits in this register, but  
cannot clear the bits.  
Code (Hex): 03 — read  
Code (Hex): 83 — write  
Table 14: HcInteruptStatus register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
9
0
R/W  
8
R/W  
15  
R/W  
14  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
12  
R/W  
11  
R/W  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
48 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
7
reserved  
0
6
RHSC  
0
5
4
UE  
0
3
RD  
0
2
SF  
0
1
reserved  
0
0
SO  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
FNO  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 15: HcInterruptStatus register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 7  
6
reserved  
RHSC  
RootHubStatusChange: This bit is set when the content of  
HcRhStatus or the content of any of HcRhPortStatus[1:2] has  
changed.  
5
4
FNO  
UE  
FrameNumberOverflow: This bit is set when the MSB of  
HcFmNumber (bit 15) changes value.  
UnrecoverableError: This bit is set when the HC detects a  
system error not related to USB. The HC does not proceed with  
any processing nor signaling before the system error has been  
corrected. The HCD clears this bit after the HC has been reset.  
OHCI: Always set to logic 0.  
3
2
RD  
SF  
ResumeDetected: This bit is set when the HC detects that a  
device on the USB is asserting resume signaling from a state of no  
resume signaling. This bit is not set when HCD enters the  
USBResume state.  
StartofFrame: At the start of each frame, this bit is set by the HC  
and an SOF is generated.  
1
0
-
reserved  
SO  
SchedulingOverrun: This bit is set when the USB schedules for  
current frame overruns. A scheduling overrun will also cause the  
SchedulingOverrunCount of HcCommandStatus to be  
incremented.  
10.1.5 HcInterruptEnable register (R/W: 04H/84H)  
Each enable bit in the HcInterruptEnable register corresponds to an associated  
interrupt bit in the HcInterruptStatus register. The HcInterruptEnable register is used  
to control which events generate a hardware interrupt. A hardware interrupt is  
requested on the host bus when three conditions occur:  
A bit is set in the HcInterruptStatus register  
The corresponding bit in the HcInterruptEnable register is set  
The MasterInterruptEnable bit is set.  
Writing logic 1 to a bit in this register sets the corresponding bit, whereas writing  
logic 0 to a bit in this register leaves the corresponding bit unchanged. On a read, the  
current value of this register is returned.  
Code (Hex): 04 — read  
Code (Hex): 84 — write  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
49 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 16: HcInterruptEnable register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
MIE  
0
30  
29  
28  
27  
reserved  
0
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
9
0
R/W  
8
R/W  
15  
R/W  
14  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
12  
R/W  
11  
R/W  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
0
RHSC  
0
FNO  
0
UE  
0
RD  
0
SF  
0
reserved  
0
SO  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 17: HcInterruptEnable register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31  
MIE  
MasterInterruptEnable by the HCD: Logic 0 is ignored by the HC.  
Logic 1 enables interrupt generation by events specified in other  
bits of this register.  
30 to 7  
6
-
reserved  
RHSC  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Root Hub Status Change  
5
4
3
2
FNO  
UE  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Frame Number Overflow  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Unrecoverable Error  
RD  
SF  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Resume Detect  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Start of Frame  
1
0
-
reserved  
SO  
0 — ignore  
1 — enable interrupt generation due to Scheduling Overrun  
10.1.6 HcInterruptDisable register (R/W: 05H/85H)  
Each disable bit in the HcInterruptDisable register corresponds to an associated  
interrupt bit in the HcInterruptStatus register. The HcInterruptDisable register is  
coupled with the HcInterruptEnable register. Thus, writing logic 1 to a bit in this  
register clears the corresponding bit in the HcInterruptEnable register, whereas  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
50 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
writing logic 0 to a bit in this register leaves the corresponding bit in the  
HcInterruptEnable register unchanged. On a read, the current value of the  
HcInterruptEnable register is returned.  
Code (Hex): 05 — read  
Code (Hex): 85 — write  
Table 18: HcInterruptDisable register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
MIE  
0
30  
29  
28  
27  
reserved  
0
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
9
0
R/W  
8
R/W  
15  
R/W  
14  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
12  
R/W  
11  
R/W  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
0
RHSC  
0
FNO  
0
UE  
0
RD  
0
SF  
0
reserved  
0
SO  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 19: HcInterruptDisable register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31  
MIE  
Logic 0 is ignored by the HC. Logic 1 disables interrupt generation  
due to events specified in other bits of this register. This bit is set  
after a hardware or software reset.  
30 to 7  
6
-
reserved  
RHSC  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Root Hub Status Change  
5
4
3
2
FNO  
UE  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Frame Number Overflow  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Unrecoverable Error  
RD  
SF  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Resume Detect  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Start of Frame  
1
0
-
reserved  
SO  
0 — ignore  
1 — disable interrupt generation due to Scheduling Overrun  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
51 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.2 HC frame counter registers  
10.2.1 HcFmInterval register (R/W: 0DH/8DH)  
The HcFmInterval register contains a 14-bit value which indicates the bit time interval  
in a frame (that is, between two consecutive SOFs), and a 15-bit value indicating the  
full-speed maximum packet size that the HC may transmit or receive without causing  
a scheduling overrun. The HCD may carry out minor adjustments on the  
FrameInterval by writing a new value at each SOF. This allows the HC to synchronize  
with an external clock source and to adjust any unknown clock offset.  
Code (Hex): 0D — read  
Code (Hex): 8D — write  
Table 20: HcFmInterval register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
FIT  
0
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
FSMPS[14:8]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
FSMPS[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
9
0
R/W  
8
R/W  
15  
R/W  
14  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
12  
R/W  
11  
R/W  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
FI[13:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
1
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
1
R/W  
3
1
R/W  
2
1
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
FI[7:0]  
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 21: HcFmInterval register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31  
FIT  
FrameIntervalToggle: The HCD toggles this bit whenever it loads  
a new value to FrameInterval.  
30 to 16  
FSMPS  
[14:0]  
FSLargestDataPacket (FSMaximumPacketSize): Specifies a  
value which is loaded into the Largest Data Packet Counter at the  
beginning of each frame. The counter value represents the largest  
amount of data in bits which can be sent or received by the HC in a  
single transaction at any given time without causing a scheduling  
overrun. The field value is calculated by the HCD.  
15 to 14  
13 to 0  
-
reserved  
FI[13:0]  
FrameInterval: Specifies the interval between two consecutive  
SOFs in bit times. The default value is 11999. The HCD must save  
the current value of this field before resetting the HC. Setting the  
HostControllerReset of the HcCommandStatus register will cause  
the HC to reset this field to its default value. HCD may choose to  
restore the saved value upon completing the Reset sequence.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
52 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.2.2 HcFmRemaining register (R: 0EH)  
The HcFmRemaining register is a 14-bit down counter showing the bit time remaining  
in the current frame.  
Code (Hex): 0E — read  
Table 22: HcFmRemaining register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
FRT  
0
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
R
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
9
0
R
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
FR[13:8]  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
FR[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 23: HcFmRemaining register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31  
FRT  
FrameRemainingToggle: This bit is loaded from the  
FrameIntervalToggle field of the HcFmInterval register whenever  
FrameRemaining reaches 0. This bit is used by the HCD for  
synchronization between FrameInterval and FrameRemaining.  
30 to 14  
13 to 0  
-
reserved  
FR[13:0]  
FrameRemaining: This counter is decremented at each bit time.  
When it reaches zero, it is reset by loading the FrameInterval value  
specified in the HcFmInterval register at the next bit time boundary.  
When entering the USBOperational state, the HC reloads it with  
the content of the FrameInterval part of the HcFmInterval register  
and uses the updated value from the next SOF.  
10.2.3 HcFmNumber register (R: 0FH)  
The HcFmNumber register is a 16-bit counter. It provides a timing reference for  
events happening in the HC and the HCD. The HCD may use the 16-bit value  
specified in this register and generate a 32-bit frame number without requiring  
frequent access to the register.  
Code (Hex): 0F — read  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
53 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 24: HCFmNumber register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
FN[15:8]  
FN[7:0]  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
9
0
R
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 25: HcFmNumber register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 16  
15 to 0  
reserved  
FN[15:0]  
FrameNumber: This field is incremented when HcFmRemaining  
is reloaded. It rolls over to 0000H after FFFFH. When the  
USBOperational state is entered, this field will be incremented  
automatically. HC will set the StartofFrame bit in the  
HcInterruptStatus register.  
10.2.4 HcLSThreshold register (R/W: 11H/91H)  
The HcLSThreshold register contains an 11-bit value used by the HC to determine  
whether to commit to the transfer of a maximum of 8-byte LS packet before EOF.  
Neither the HC nor the HCD is allowed to change this value.  
Code (Hex): 11 — read  
Code (Hex): 91 — write  
Table 26: HcLSThreshold register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
23  
R/W  
22  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
R/W  
19  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
54 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
LST[10:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
1
R/W  
2
1
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
LST[7:0]  
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 27: HcLSThreshold register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 11  
10 to 0  
reserved  
LST[10:0]  
LSThreshold: Contains a value that is compared to the  
FrameRemaining field before a low-speed transaction is initiated.  
The transaction is started only if FrameRemaining this field. The  
value is calculated by the HCD, which considers transmission and  
set-up overhead. Default value: 1576 (628H)  
10.3 HC Root Hub registers  
All registers included in this partition are dedicated to the USB Root Hub, which is an  
integral part of the HC although it is functionally a separate entity. The Host Controller  
Driver (HCD) emulates USBD accesses to the Root Hub via a register interface. The  
HCD maintains many USB-defined hub features that are not required to be supported  
in hardware. For example, the Hub’s Device, Configuration, Interface, Endpoint  
Descriptors, as well as some static fields of the Class Descriptor, are maintained only  
in the HCD. The HCD also maintains and decodes the Root Hub’s device address as  
well as other minor operations more suited for software than for hardware.  
The Root Hub registers were developed to match the bit organization and operation  
of typical hubs found in the system.  
Four 32-bit registers have been defined:  
HcRhDescriptorA  
HcRhDescriptorB  
HcRhStatus  
HcRhPortStatus[1:NDP]  
Each register is read and written as a DWORD. These registers are only written  
during initialization to correspond with the system implementation. The  
HcRhDescriptorA and HcRhDescriptorB registers are writeable regardless of the  
HC’s USB states. HcRhStatus and HcRhPortStatus are writeable during the  
USBOperational state only.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
55 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.3.1 HcRhDescriptorA register (R/W: 12H/92H)  
The HcRhDescriptorA register is the first register of two describing the characteristics  
of the Root Hub. Reset values are Implementation-Specific (IS). The descriptor length  
(11), descriptor type and hub controller current (0) fields of the hub Class Descriptor  
are emulated by the HCD. All other fields are located in the registers  
HcRhDescriptorA and HcRhDescriptorB.  
Remark: IS denotes an implementation-specific reset value for that field.  
Code (Hex): 12 — read  
Code (Hex): 92 — write  
Table 28: HcRhDescriptorA register: bit description  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
POTPGT[7:0]  
IS  
R/W  
23  
IS  
R/W  
22  
IS  
R/W  
21  
IS  
R/W  
20  
IS  
R/W  
19  
IS  
R/W  
18  
IS  
R/W  
17  
IS  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
0
0
0
R/W  
12  
0
0
R/W  
10  
DT  
0
0
R/W  
9
0
R/W  
8
R/W  
15  
R/W  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
11  
14  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
NOCP  
IS  
OCPM  
IS  
NPS  
IS  
PSM  
IS  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
R/W  
4
R/W  
3
R
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
2
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
NDP[1:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
IS  
R
IS  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 29: HcRhDescriptorA register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 24  
POTPGT  
[7:0]  
PowerOnToPowerGoodTime: This byte specifies the duration  
HCD has to wait before accessing a powered-on port of the Root  
Hub. The unit of time is 2 ms. The duration is calculated as  
POTPGT × 2 ms.  
23 to 13  
-
reserved  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
56 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 29: HcRhDescriptorA register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
12  
NOCP  
NoOverCurrentProtection: This bit describes how the  
overcurrent status for the Root Hub ports are reported. When this  
bit is cleared, the OverCurrentProtectionMode field specifies  
global or per-port reporting.  
0 — overcurrent status is reported collectively for all downstream  
ports  
1 — no overcurrent reporting supported  
11  
OCPM  
OverCurrentProtectionMode: This bit describes how the  
overcurrent status for the Root Hub ports is reported. At reset, this  
field reflects the same mode as PowerSwitchingMode. This field is  
valid only if the NoOverCurrentProtection field is cleared.  
0 — overcurrent status is reported collectively for all downstream  
ports.  
1 — overcurrent status is reported on a per-port basis. On  
power-up, clear this bit and then set it to logic 1.  
10  
9
DT  
DeviceType: This bit specifies that the Root Hub is not a  
compound device—it is not permitted. This field will always  
read/write 0.  
NPS  
NoPowerSwitching: These bits are used to specify whether  
power switching is supported or ports are always powered. It is  
implementation-specific. When this bit is cleared, the bit  
PowerSwitchingMode specifies global or per-port switching.  
0 — ports are power switched  
1 — ports are always powered on when the HC is powered on  
8
PSM  
PowerSwitchingMode: This bit is used to specify how the power  
switching of the Root Hub ports is controlled. It is  
implementation-specific. This field is valid only if the  
NoPowerSwitching field is cleared.  
0 — all ports are powered at the same time  
1 — each port is powered individually. This mode allows port  
power to be controlled by either the global switch or per-port  
switching. If the bit PortPowerControlMask is set, the port  
responds to only port power commands (Set/ClearPortPower). If  
the port mask is cleared, then the port is controlled only by the  
global power switch (Set/ClearGlobalPower).  
7 to 2  
1 to 0  
-
reserved  
NDP[1:0]  
NumberDownstreamPorts: These bits specify the number of  
downstream ports supported by the Root Hub. The maximum  
number of ports supported by ISP1161A is 2.  
10.3.2 HcRhDescriptorB register (R/W: 13H/93H)  
The HcRhDescriptorB register is the second register of two describing the  
characteristics of the Root Hub. These fields are written during initialization to  
correspond with the system implementation. Reset values are  
implementation-specific (IS).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
57 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Code (Hex): 13 — read  
Code (Hex): 93 — write  
Table 30: HcRhDescriptorB register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
N/A  
R
R
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
N/A  
R
PPCM[2:0]  
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
IS  
R/W  
10  
IS  
R/W  
9
IS  
R/W  
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
R
7
6
5
reserved  
N/A  
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DR[2:0]  
IS  
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
N/A  
R
IS  
IS  
R
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 31: HcRhDescriptorB register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 19  
18 to 16  
-
reserved  
PPCM[2:0] PortPowerControlMask: Each bit indicates whether a port is  
affected by a global power control command when  
PowerSwitchingMode is set. When set, the port’s power state is  
only affected by per-port power control (Set/ClearPortPower).  
When cleared, the port is controlled by the global power switch  
(Set/ClearGlobalPower). If the device is configured to global  
switching mode (PowerSwitchingMode = 0), this field is not valid.  
Bit 0 — reserved  
Bit 1 — Ganged-power mask on Port #1  
Bit 2 — Ganged-power mask on Port #2  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
58 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 31: HcRhDescriptorB register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
15 to 3  
2 to 0  
reserved  
DR[2:0]  
DeviceRemovable: Each bit is dedicated to a port of the Root  
Hub. When cleared, the attached device is removable. When set,  
the attached device is not removable.  
Bit 0 — reserved  
Bit 1 — Device attached to Port #1  
Bit 2 — Device attached to Port #2  
10.3.3 HcRhStatus register (R/W: 14H/94H)  
The HcRhStatus register is divided into two parts. The lower word of a DWORD  
represents the Hub Status field and the upper word represents the Hub Status  
Change field. Reserved bits should always be written as logic 0.  
Code (Hex): 14 — read  
Code (Hex): 94 — write  
Table 32: HcRhStatus register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
CRWE  
0
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
W
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
OCIC  
0
LPSC  
0
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
R
R
R/W  
9
R/W  
8
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
DRWE  
0
reserved  
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
0
R
R/W  
7
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
OCI  
0
LPS  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
59 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 33: HcRhStatus register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31  
CRWE  
On write—ClearRemoteWakeupEnable: Writing logic 1 clears  
DeviceRemoveWakeupEnable. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
30 to 18  
-
reserved  
17  
CCIC  
OverCurrentIndicatorChange: This bit is set by hardware when a  
change has occurred to the OCI field of this register. The HCD  
clears this bit by writing logic 1. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
16  
LPSC  
On read—LocalPowerStatusChange: The Root Hub does not  
support the local power status feature. Therefore, this bit is always  
read as logic 0.  
On write—SetGlobalPower: In global power mode  
(PowerSwitchingMode=0), this bit is written to logic 1 to turn on  
power to all ports (clear PortPowerStatus). In per-port power  
mode, it sets PortPowerStatus only on ports whose bit  
PortPowerControlMask is not set. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
15  
DRWE  
On read—DeviceRemoteWakeupEnable: This bit enables the bit  
ConnectStatusChange as a resume event, causing a state  
transition USBSuspend to USBResume and setting the  
ResumeDetected interrupt.  
0 — ConnectStatusChange is not a remote wake-up event  
1 — ConnectStatusChange is a remote wake-up event  
On write—SetRemoteWakeupEnable: Writing logic 1 sets  
DeviceRemoveWakeupEnable. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
14 to 2  
1
-
reserved  
OCI  
OverCurrentIndicator: This bit reports overcurrent conditions  
when global reporting is implemented. When set, an overcurrent  
condition exists. When clear, all power operations are normal. If  
per-port overcurrent protection is implemented this bit is always  
logic 0.  
0
LPS  
On read—LocalPowerStatus: The Root Hub does not support the  
local power status feature. Therefore, this bit is always read as  
logic 0.  
On write—ClearGlobalPower: In global power mode  
(PowerSwitchingMode = 0), this bit is written to logic 1 to turn off  
power to all ports (clear PortPowerStatus). In per-port power  
mode, it clears PortPowerStatus only on ports whose  
PortPowerControlMask bit is not set. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
60 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.3.4 HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register (R/W [1]:15H/95H, [2]: 16H/96H)  
The HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register is used to control and report port events on a  
per-port basis. NumberDownstreamPorts represents the number of HcRhPortStatus  
registers that are implemented in hardware. The lower word is used to reflect the port  
status, whereas the upper word reflects the status change bits. Some status bits are  
implemented with special write behavior. If a transaction (token through handshake)  
is in progress when a write to change port status occurs, the resulting port status  
change must be postponed until the transaction completes. Reserved bits should  
always be written logic 0.  
Code (Hex): [1] = 15, [2] = 16 — read  
Code (Hex): [1] = 95, [2] = 96 — write  
Table 34: HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
0
R/W  
22  
0
0
0
R/W  
19  
0
R/W  
18  
0
R/W  
17  
0
R/W  
16  
R/W  
23  
R/W  
21  
R/W  
20  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
PRSC  
0
OCIC  
0
PSSC  
0
PESC  
0
CSC  
0
0
0
R/W  
15  
R/W  
14  
R/W  
13  
R/W  
12  
R/W  
11  
R/W  
10  
R/W  
9
R/W  
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
LSDA  
0
PPS  
0
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
0
PRS  
0
POCI  
0
PSS  
0
PES  
0
CCS  
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 35: HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
31 to 21  
20  
reserved  
PRSC  
PortResetStatusChange: This bit is set at the end of the 10 ms  
port reset signal. The HCD writes logic 1 to clear this bit. Writing  
logic 0 has no effect.  
0 — port reset is not complete  
1 — port reset is complete  
19  
OCIC  
PortOverCurrentIndicatorChange: This bit is valid only if  
overcurrent conditions are reported on a per-port basis. This bit is  
set when Root Hub changes the PortOverCurrentIndicator bit. The  
HCD writes logic 1 to clear this bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
0 — no change in PortOverCurrentIndicator  
1 — PortOverCurrentIndicator has changed  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
61 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 35: HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
18  
PSSC  
PortSuspendStatusChange: This bit is set when the full resume  
sequence has been completed. This sequence includes the 20 s  
resume pulse, LS EOP, and 3 ms re-synchronization delay. The  
HCD writes logic 1 to clear this bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
This bit is also cleared when ResetStatusChange is set.  
0 — resume is not complete  
1 — resume is complete  
17  
16  
PESC  
PortEnableStatusChange: This bit is set when hardware events  
cause the PortEnableStatus bit to be cleared. Changes from HCD  
writes do not set this bit. The HCD writes logic 1 to clear this bit.  
Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
0 — no change in PortEnableStatus  
1 — change in PortEnableStatus  
CSC  
ConnectStatusChange: This bit is set whenever a connect or  
disconnect event occurs. The HCD writes logic 1 to clear this bit.  
Writing logic 0 has no effect. If CurrentConnectStatus is cleared  
when a SetPortReset, SetPortEnable, or SetPortSuspend write  
occurs, this bit is set to force the driver to re-evaluate the  
connection status since these writes should not occur if the port is  
disconnected.  
0 — no change in CurrentConnectStatus  
1 — change in CurrentConnectStatus  
Remark: If the DeviceRemovable[NDP] bit is set, this bit is set only  
after a Root Hub reset to inform the system that the device is  
connected.  
15 to 10  
-
reserved  
9
LSDA  
(read) LowSpeedDeviceAttached: This bit indicates the speed of  
the device connected to this port. When set, a low-speed device is  
connected to this port. When clear, a full-speed device is  
connected to this port. This field is valid only when the  
CurrentConnectStatus is set.  
0 — full-speed device attached  
1 — low-speed device attached  
(write) ClearPortPower: The HCD clears the PortPowerStatus bit  
by writing logic 1 to this bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
62 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 35: HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
8
PPS  
(read) PortPowerStatus: This bit reflects the port power status,  
regardless of the type of power switching implemented. This bit is  
cleared if an overcurrent condition is detected.  
The HCD sets this bit by writing SetPortPower or SetGlobalPower.  
The HCD clears this bit by writing ClearPortPower or  
ClearGlobalPower. Which power control switches are enabled is  
determined by PowerSwitchingMode.  
In the global switching mode (PowerSwitchingMode = 0), only  
Set/ClearGlobalPower controls this bit. In per-port power switching  
(PowerSwitchingMode = 1), if the PortPowerControlMask[NDP] bit  
for the port is set, only Set/ClearPortPower commands are  
enabled. If the mask is not set, only Set/ClearGlobalPower  
commands are enabled.  
When port power is disabled, CurrentConnectStatus,  
PortEnableStatus, PortSuspendStatus, and PortResetStatus  
should be reset.  
0 — port power is off  
1 — port power is on  
(write) SetPortPower: The HCD writes logic 1 to set the  
PortPowerStatus bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
Remark: This bit always reads logic 1 if power switching is not  
supported.  
7 to 5  
4
-
reserved  
PRS  
(read) PortResetStatus: When this bit is set by a write to  
SetPortReset, port reset signaling is asserted. When reset is  
completed, this bit is cleared when PortResetStatusChange is set.  
This bit cannot be set if CurrentConnectStatus is cleared.  
0 — port reset signal is not active  
1 — port reset signal is active  
(write) SetPortReset: The HCD sets the port reset signaling by  
writing logic 1 to this bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect. If  
CurrentConnectStatus is cleared, this write does not set  
PortResetStatus but instead sets ConnectStatusChange. This  
informs the driver that it attempted to reset a disconnected port.  
3
POCI  
(read) PortOverCurrentIndicator: This bit is valid only when the  
Root Hub is configured in such a way that overcurrent conditions  
are reported on a per-port basis. If per-port overcurrent reporting  
is not supported, this bit is set to logic 0. If cleared, all power  
operations are normal for this port. If set, an overcurrent condition  
exists on this port. This bit always reflects the overcurrent input  
signal.  
0 — no overcurrent condition  
1 — overcurrent condition detected  
(write) ClearSuspendStatus: The HCD writes logic 1 to initiate a  
resume. Writing logic 0 has no effect. A resume is initiated only if  
PortSuspendStatus is set.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
63 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 35: HcRhPortStatus[1:2] register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
2
PSS  
(read) PortSuspendStatus: This bit indicates whether the port is  
suspended or in the resume sequence. It is set by a  
SetSuspendState write and cleared when  
PortSuspendStatusChange is set at the end of the resume  
interval. This bit cannot be set if CurrentConnectStatus is cleared.  
This bit is also cleared when PortResetStatusChange is set at the  
end of the port reset or when the HC is placed in the USBResume  
state. If an upstream resume is in progress, it is propagated to the  
HC.  
0 — port is not suspended  
1 — port is suspended  
(write) SetPortSuspend: The HCD sets the PortSuspendStatus  
bit by writing logic 1 to this bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect. If  
CurrentConnectStatus is cleared, this write action does not set  
PortSuspendStatus; instead it sets ConnectStatusChange. This  
informs the driver that it attempted to suspend a disconnected  
port.  
1
PES  
(read) PortEnableStatus: This bit indicates whether the port is  
enabled or disabled. The Root Hub can clear this bit when an  
overcurrent condition, disconnect event, switched-off power, or  
operational bus error such as babble is detected. This change also  
causes PortEnabledStatusChange to be set. The HCD sets this bit  
by writing SetPortEnable and clears it by writing ClearPortEnable.  
This bit cannot be set when CurrentConnectStatus is cleared. This  
bit is also set at the completion of a port reset when  
ResetStatusChange is set or port is suspended when  
SuspendStatusChange is set.  
0 — port is disabled  
1 — port is enabled  
(write) SetPortEnable: The HCD sets PortEnableStatus by writing  
logic 1. Writing logic 0 has no effect. If CurrentConnectStatus is  
cleared, this write does not set PortEnableStatus, but instead sets  
ConnectStatusChange. This informs the driver that it attempted to  
enable a disconnected port.  
0
CCS  
(read) CurrentConnectStatus: This bit reflects the current state  
of the downstream port.  
0 — no device connected  
1 — device connected  
(write) ClearPortEnable: The HCD writes logic 1 to this bit to clear  
the PortEnableStatus bit. Writing logic 0 has no effect.  
CurrentConnectStatus is not affected by any write.  
Remark: This bit always reads logic 1 when the attached device is  
nonremovable (DeviceRemoveable[NDP]).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
64 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.4 HC DMA and interrupt control registers  
10.4.1 HcHardwareConfiguration register (R/W: 20H/A0H)  
1. Bit 0, InterruptPinEnable, is used as pin INT1’s master interrupt enable. This bit  
should be used together with the register HcµPInterruptEnable to enable pin  
INT1.  
2. Bits 4 and 3 are fixed at logic 0 and logic 1 for the ISP1161A.  
Code (Hex): 20 — read  
Code (Hex): A0 — write  
Table 36: HcHardwareConfiguration register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
reserved  
2_Down  
streamPort ClkNotStop  
Suspend  
AnalogOC  
Enable  
reserved DACKMode  
15K  
resistorsel  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
EOTInput  
Polarity  
DACKInput DREQOut  
DataBusWidth[1:0]  
InterruptOut InterruptPi InterruptPin  
Polarity  
putPolarity  
putPolarity  
nTrigger  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 37: HcHardwareConfiguration register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 13 -  
reserved  
12  
2_DownstreamPort15Kresistor 0 — use external 15 kresistors for downstream  
Sel  
ports.  
Power-up value  
1 — built-in resistors for downstream ports  
0 — clock can be stopped  
11  
10  
SuspendClkNotStop  
AnalogOCEnable  
1 — clock can not be stopped  
0 — use external OC detection. Digital input  
1 — use on-chip OC detection. Analog input  
reserved  
9
8
-
DACKMode  
0 — normal operation. DACK1 is used with read  
and write signals. Power-up value  
1 — reserved  
7
6
EOTInputPolarity  
DACKInputPolarity  
0 — active LOW. Power-up value  
1 — active HIGH  
0 — active LOW. Power-up value  
1 — reserved  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
65 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 37: HcHardwareConfiguration register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
5
DREQOutputPolarity  
0 — active LOW  
1 — active HIGH. Power-up value  
01 — 16 bits  
4 to 3  
DataBusWidth[1:0]  
InterruptOutputPolarity  
InterruptPinTrigger  
InterruptPinEnable  
Others — reserved  
2
1
0
0 — active LOW. Power-up value  
1 — active HIGH  
0 — interrupt is level-triggered. Power-up value  
1 — interrupt is edge-triggered  
0 — INT1 is disabled. Power-up value  
1 — pin INT1 is enabled  
10.4.2 HcDMAConfiguration register (R/W: 21H/A1H)  
Code (Hex): 21 — read  
Code (Hex): A1 — write  
Table 38: HcDMAConfiguration register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
7
1
0
Symbol  
reserved  
BurstLen[1:0]  
DMA  
Enable  
reserved  
DMACount  
erSelect  
ITL_ATL_  
DataSelect WriteSelect  
DMARead  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 39: HcDMAConfiguration register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 7  
6 to 5  
-
reserved  
BurstLen[1:0] 00 — single-cycle burst DMA  
01 — 4-cycle burst DMA  
10 — 8-cycle burst DMA  
11 — reserved  
4
3
DMAEnable  
-
0 — DMA is terminated  
1 — DMA is enabled  
This bit will be reset to zero when DMA transfer is completed  
reserved  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
66 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 39: HcDMAConfiguration register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
2
DMACounter 0 — DMA counter not used. External EOT must be used  
Select  
1 — Enables the DMA counter for DMA transfer.  
HcTransferCounter register must be filled with non-zero values for  
DREQ1 to be raised after bit DMA Enable is set  
1
0
ITL_ATL_  
DataSelect  
0 — ITL buffer RAM selected for ITL data  
1 — ATL buffer RAM selected for ATL data  
0 — read from the HC FIFO buffer RAM  
1 — write to the HC FIFO buffer RAM  
DMARead  
WriteSelect  
10.4.3 HcTransferCounter register (R/W: 22H/A2H)  
This register holds the number of bytes of a PIO or DMA transfer. For a PIO transfer,  
the number of bytes being read or written to the Isochronous Transfer List (ITL) or  
Acknowledged Transfer List (ATL) buffer RAM must be written into this register. For a  
DMA transfer, the number of bytes must be written into this register as well. However,  
for this counter to be read into the DMA counter, the HCD must set bit 2 of the  
HcDMAConfiguration register. The counter value for ATL must not be greater than  
1000H, and for ITL it must not be greater than 800H. When the byte count of the data  
transfer reaches this value, the HC will generate an internal EOT signal to set bit 2  
(AllEOTInterrupt) of the HcµPInterrupt register, and also update the HcBufferStatus  
register.  
Code (Hex): 22 — read  
Code (Hex): A2 — write  
Table 40: HcTransferCounter register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
Counter value  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Counter value  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 41: HcTransferCounter register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
Counter  
value  
The number of data bytes to be read to or written from RAM  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
67 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.4.4 HcµPInterrupt register (R/W: 24H/A4H)  
All the bits in this register will be active on power-on reset. However, none of the  
active bits will cause an interrupt on the interrupt pin (INT1) unless they are set by the  
respective bits in the HcµPInterruptEnable register, and together with bit 0 of the  
HcHardwareConfiguration register.  
After this register (24H read) is read, the bits that are active will not be reset, until  
logic 1 is written to the bits in this register (A4H - write) to clear it. To clear all the  
enabled bits in this register, the HCD must write FFH to this register.  
Code (Hex): 24 — read  
Code (Hex): A4 — write  
Table 42: HcµPInterrupt register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
7
6
3
0
Symbol  
reserved  
ClkReady  
HC  
OPR_Reg  
reserved  
AllEOT  
ATLInt  
SOFITLInt  
Suspended  
Interrupt  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 43: HcµPInterrupt register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
reserved  
15 to 7  
6
ClkReady  
0 — no event  
1 — clock is ready. After a wake-up is sent, there is a wait for clock  
ready. (Maximum is 1 ms, and typical is 160 µs)  
5
4
HC  
Suspended  
0 — no event  
1 — the HC has been suspended and no USB activity is sent from  
the microprocessor for each ms. When the microprocessor wants  
to suspend the HC, the microprocessor must write to the  
HcControl register. And when all downstream devices are  
suspended, then the HC stops sending SOF; the HC is suspended  
by having the HcControl register written into.  
OPR_Reg 0 — no event  
1 — there are interrupts from HC side. Need to read HcControl  
and HcInterrupt registers to detect type of interrupt on the HC (if  
the HC requires the Operational register to be updated)  
3
2
-
reserved  
AllEOT  
0 — no event  
Interrupt  
1 — implies that data transfer has been completed via PIO transfer  
or DMA transfer. Occurrence of internal or external EOT will set  
this bit.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
68 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 43: HcµPInterrupt register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
1
ATLInt  
0 — no event  
1 — implies that the microprocessor must read ATL data from the  
HC. This requires that the HcBufferStatus register must first be  
read. The time for this interrupt depends on the number of clocks  
bit set for USB activities in each ms.  
0
SOFITLInt 0 — no event  
1 — implies that SOF indicates the 1 ms mark. The ITL buffer that  
the HC has handled must be read. To know the ITL buffer status,  
the HcBufferStatus register must first be read. This is for the  
microprocessor to get ISO data to or from the HC. For more  
information, see the 6th paragraph in Section 9.5.  
10.4.5 HcµPInterruptEnable register (R/W: 25H/A5H)  
The bits 6:0 in this register are the same as those in the HcµPInterrupt register. They  
are used together with bit 0 of the HcHardwareConfiguration register to enable or  
disable the bits in the HcµPInterrupt register.  
At power-on, all bits in this register are masked with logic 0. This means no interrupt  
request output on the interrupt pin INT1 can be generated.  
When the bit is set to logic 1, the interrupt for the bit is not masked but enabled.  
Code (Hex): 25 — read  
Code (Hex): A5 — write  
Table 44: HcµPInterruptEnable register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
7
6
Symbol  
reserved  
ClkReady  
HC  
OPR  
reserved  
EOT  
ATL  
SOF  
Suspended  
Enable  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 45: HcµPInterruptEnable register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
15 to 7  
6
reserved  
ClkReady  
0 — power-up value  
1 — enables Clkready interrupt  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
69 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 45: HcµPInterruptEnable register: bit description…continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
5
HC  
0 — power-up value  
Suspended  
Enable  
1 — enables HC suspended interrupt. When the microprocessor  
wants to suspend the HC, the microprocessor must write to the  
HcControl register. And when all downstream devices are  
suspended, then the HC stops sending SOF; the HC is suspended  
by having the HcControl register written into.  
4
OPR  
0 — power-up value  
Interrupt  
Enable  
1 — enables the 32-bit Operational register’s interrupt (if the HC  
requires the Operational register to be updated)  
3
2
-
reserved  
EOT  
0 — power-up value  
Interrupt  
Enable  
1 — enables the EOT interrupt which indicates an end of a  
read/write transfer  
1
0
ATL  
Interrupt  
Enable  
0 — power-up value  
1 — enables ATL interrupt. The time for this interrupt depends on  
the number of clock bits set for USB activities in each ms.  
SOF  
0 — power-up value  
Interrupt  
Enable  
1 — enables the interrupt bit due to SOF (for the microprocessor  
DMA to get ISO data from the HC by first accessing the  
HcDMAConfiguration register)  
10.5 HC miscellaneous registers  
10.5.1 HcChipID register (R: 27H)  
Read this register to get the ID of the ISP1161A silicon chip. The high byte stands for  
the product name (here 61H stands for ISP1161A). The low byte indicates the  
revision number of the product including engineering samples.  
Code (Hex): 27 — read  
Table 46: HcChipID register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
ChipID[15:8]  
0
R
7
1
R
6
1
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
1
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
ChipID[7:0]  
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 47: HcChipID register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
ChipID[15:0]  
ISP1161A’s chip ID  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
70 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.5.2 HcScratch register (R/W: 28H/A8H)  
This register is for the HCD to save and restore values when required.  
Code (Hex): 28 — read  
Code (Hex): A8 — write  
Table 48: HcScratch register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
Scratch[15:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Scratch[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 49: HcScratch register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
Scratch[15:0] Scratch register value  
10.5.3 HcSoftwareReset register (W: A9H)  
This register provides a means for software reset of the HC. To reset the HC, the HCD  
must write a reset value of F6H to this register. Upon receiving the reset value, the  
HC resets all the registers except its buffer memory.  
Code (Hex): A9 — write  
Table 50: HcSoftwareReset register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
Reset[15:8]  
0
W
7
0
W
6
0
W
5
0
W
4
0
W
3
0
W
2
0
W
1
0
W
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Reset[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Table 51: HcSoftwareReset register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
Reset[15:0] Writing a reset value of F6H will cause the HC to reset all the  
registers except its buffer memory.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
71 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.6 HC buffer RAM control registers  
10.6.1 HcITLBufferLength register (R/W: 2AH/AAH)  
Write to this register to assign the ITL buffer size in bytes: ITL0 and ITL1 are assigned  
the same value. For example, if HcITLBufferLength register is set to 2 kbytes, then  
ITL0 and ITL1 would be allocated 2 kbytes each.  
Must follow the formula:  
ATL buffer length + 2 × (ITL buffer size) 1000H (that is, 4 kbytes)  
where: ITL buffer size = ITL0 buffer length = ITL1 buffer length  
Code (Hex): 2A — read  
Code (Hex): AA — write  
Table 52: HcITLBufferLength register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
ITLBufferLength[15:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
ITLBufferLength[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 53: HcITLBufferLength register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 ITLBufferLength[15:0] Assign ITL buffer length  
10.6.2 HcATLBufferLength register (R/W: 2BH/ABH)  
Write to this register to assign ATL buffer size.  
Code (Hex): 2B — read  
Code (Hex): AB — write  
Remark: The maximum total RAM size is 1000H (4096 in decimal) bytes. That  
means ITL0 (length) + ITL1 (length) + ATL (length) 1000H bytes. For example, if  
ATL buffer length has been set to be 800H, then the maximum ITL buffer length can  
only be set as 400H.  
Table 54: HcATLBufferLength register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
ATLBufferLength[15:8]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
72 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
ATLBufferLength[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 55: HcATLBufferLength register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 ATLBufferLength[15:0] Assign ATL buffer length  
10.6.3 HcBufferStatus register (R: 2CH)  
Code (Hex): 2C — read  
Table 56: HcBufferStatus register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
reserved  
ATLBuffer  
Done  
ITL1Buffer ITL0Buffer  
ATLBuffer  
Full  
ITL1Buffer ITL0Buffer  
Done  
Done  
Full  
Full  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 57: HcBufferStatus register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 6  
5
-
reserved  
ATLBuffer  
Done  
0 — ATL Buffer not read by HC yet  
1 — ATL Buffer read by HC  
4
3
2
1
0
ITL1Buffer 0 — ITL1 Buffer not read by HC yet  
Done  
1 — ITL1 Buffer read by HC  
ITL0Buffer 0 — 1TL0 Buffer not read by HC yet  
Done  
1 — 1TL0 Buffer read by HC  
ATLBuffer  
Full  
0 — ATL Buffer is empty  
1 — ATL Buffer is full  
ITL1Buffer 0 — 1TL1 Buffer is empty  
Full  
1 — 1TL1 Buffer is full  
ITL0Buffer 0 — ITL0 Buffer is empty  
Full  
1 — ITL0 Buffer is full  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
73 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.6.4 HcReadBackITL0Length register (R: 2DH)  
This register’s value stands for the current number of data bytes inside an ITL0 buffer  
to be read back by the microprocessor. The HCD must set the HcTransferCounter  
equivalent to this value before reading back the ITL0 buffer RAM.  
Code (Hex): 2D — read  
Table 58: HcReadBackITL0Length register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
RdITL0BufferLength[15:8]  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
RdITL0BufferLength[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 59: HcReadBackITL0Length register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 RdITL0BufferLength[15:0] The number of bytes for ITL0 data to be read back by  
the microprocessor  
10.6.5 HcReadBackITL1Length register (R: 2EH)  
This register’s value stands for the current number of data bytes inside the ITL1 buffer  
to be read back by the microprocessor. The HCD must set the HcTransferCounter  
equivalent to this value before reading back the ITL1 buffer RAM.  
Code (Hex): 2E — read  
Table 60: HcReadBackITL1Length register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
RdITL1BufferLength[15:8]  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
RdITL1BufferLength[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 61: HcReadBackITL1Length register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 RdITL1BufferLength[15:0] The number of bytes for ITL1 data to be read back by  
the microprocessor  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
74 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
10.6.6 HcITLBufferPort register (R/W: 40H/C0H)  
This is the ITL buffer RAM read/write port. The bits 15:8 contain the data byte that  
comes from the ITL buffer RAM’s even address. The bits 7:0 contain the data byte  
that comes from the ITL buffer RAM’s odd address.  
Code (Hex): 40 — read  
Code (Hex): C0 — write  
Table 62: HcITLBufferPort register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
DataWord[15:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DataWord[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 63: HcITLBufferPort register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 DataWord[15:0] read/write ITL buffer RAM’s two data bytes.  
The HCD must set the byte count into the HcTransferCounter register and check the  
HcBufferStatus register before reading from or writing to the buffer. The HCD must  
write the command (40H for read, C0H for write) once only, and then read or write  
both bytes of the data word. After every read/write, the pointer of ITL buffer RAM will  
be automatically increased by two to point to the next data word until it reaches the  
value of HcTransferCounter register; otherwise, an internal EOT signal is not  
generated to set the bit 2 (AllEOTInterrupt) of the HcµPInterrupt register and update  
the HcBufferStatus register.  
The HCD must take care of the fact that the internal buffer RAM is organized in bytes.  
The HCD must write the byte count into the HcTransferCounter register, but the HCD  
reads or writes the buffer RAM by 16 bits (by 1 data word).  
10.6.7 HcATLBufferPort register (R/W: 41H/C1H)  
This is the ATL buffer RAM read/write port. The bits 15:8 contain the data byte that  
comes from the Acknowledged Transfer List (ATL) buffer RAM’s odd address. Bits 7:0  
contain the data byte that comes from the ATL buffer RAM’s even address.  
Code (Hex): 41 — read  
Code (Hex): C1 — write  
Table 64: HcATLBufferPort register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DataWord[15:8]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
75 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DataWord[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 65: HcATLBufferPort register: bit description  
Bit Symbol Description  
15 to 0 DataWord[15:0] read/write ATL buffer RAM’s two data bytes.  
The HCD must set the byte count into the HcTransferCounter register and check the  
HcBufferStatus register before reading from or writing to the buffer. The HCD must  
write the command (41H for read, C1H for write) once only, and then read or write  
both bytes of the data word. After every read/write, the pointer of ATL buffer RAM will  
be automatically increased by two to point to the next data word until it reaches the  
value of HcTransferCounter register; otherwise, an internal EOT signal is not  
generated to set the bit 2 (AllEOTInterrupt) of the HcµPInterrupt register and update  
the HcBufferStatus register.  
The HCD must take care of the difference: the internal buffer RAM is organized in  
bytes, so the HCD must write the byte count into the HcTransferCounter register, but  
the HCD reads or writes the buffer RAM by 16 bits (by 1 data word).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
76 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
11. USB device controller (DC)  
The Device Controller (DC) in the ISP1161A is based on the Philips ISP1181B USB  
Full-Speed Interface Device IC. The functionality, commands, and register sets are  
the same as ISP1181B in 16-bit bus mode. If there are any differences between the  
ISP1181B and ISP1161A data sheets, in terms of the DC functionality, the ISP1161A  
data sheet supersedes content in the ISP1181B data sheet.  
In general the DC in an ISP1161A provides 16 endpoints for USB device  
implementation. Each endpoint can be allocated an amount of RAM space in the  
on-chip Ping-Pong buffer RAM.  
Remark: The Ping-Pong buffer RAM for the DC is independent of the buffer RAM in  
the HC.  
When the buffer RAM is full, the DC will transfer the data in the buffer RAM to the  
USB bus. When the buffer RAM is empty, an interrupt is generated to notify the  
microprocessor to feed in the data. The transfer of data between the microprocessor  
and the DC can be done in Programmed I/O (PIO) mode or in DMA mode.  
11.1 DC data transfer operation  
The following session explains how the DC of an ISP1161A handles an IN data  
transfer and an OUT data transfer. In the Device mode, ISP1161A acts as a USB  
device: an IN data transfer means transfer from ISP1161A to an external USB Host  
(through the upstream port) and an OUT transfer means transfer from external USB  
Host to ISP1161A.  
11.1.1 IN data transfer  
The arrival of the IN token is detected by the SIE by decoding the PID.  
The SIE also checks for the device number and endpoint number and verifies  
whether they are acceptable.  
If the endpoint is enabled, the SIE checks the contents of the DcEndpointStatus  
register. If the endpoint is full, the contents of the FIFO are sent during the data  
phase, otherwise a Not Acknowledge (NAK) handshake is sent.  
After the data phase, the SIE expects a handshake (ACK) from the host (except for  
ISO endpoints).  
On receiving the handshake (ACK), the SIE updates the contents of the  
DcEndpointStatus register and the DcInterrupt register, which in turn generates an  
interrupt to the microprocessor. For ISO endpoints, the interrupt register is updated  
as soon as data is sent because there is no handshake phase.  
On receiving an interrupt, the microprocessor reads the DcInterrupt register. It will  
know which endpoint has generated the interrupt and reads the contents of the  
corresponding DcEndpointStatus register. If the buffer is empty, it fills up the buffer,  
so that data can be sent by the SIE at the next IN token phase.  
11.1.2 OUT data transfer  
The arrival of the OUT token is detected by the SIE by decoding the PID.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
77 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
The SIE also checks for the device number and endpoint number and verifies  
whether they are acceptable.  
If the endpoint is enabled, the SIE checks the contents of the DcEndpointStatus  
register. If the endpoint is empty, the data from USB is stored to FIFO during the  
data phase, otherwise a NAK handshake is sent.  
After the data phase, the SIE sends a handshake (ACK) to the host (except for ISO  
endpoints).  
The SIE updates the contents of the DcEndpointStatus register and the  
DcInterrupt register, which in turn generates an interrupt to the microprocessor.  
For ISO endpoints, the interrupt register is updated as soon as data is received  
because there is no handshake phase.  
On receiving interrupt, the microprocessor reads the DcInterrupt register. It will  
know which endpoint has generated the interrupt and reads the content of the  
corresponding DcEndpointStatus register. If the buffer is full, it empties the buffer,  
so that data can be received by the SIE at the next OUT token phase.  
11.2 Device DMA transfer  
11.2.1 DMA for IN endpoint (internal DC to external USB host)  
When the internal DMA handler is enabled and at least one buffer (Ping or Pong) is  
free, the DREQ2 line is asserted. The external DMA controller then starts negotiating  
for control of the bus. As soon as it has access, it asserts the DACK2 line and starts  
writing data. The burst length is programmable. When the number of bytes equal to  
the burst length has been written, the DREQ2 line is de-asserted. As a result, the  
DMA controller de-asserts the DACK2 line and releases the bus. At that moment the  
whole cycle restarts for the next burst.  
When the buffer is full, the DREQ2 line will be de-asserted and the buffer is validated  
(which means that it will be sent to the host when the next IN token comes in). When  
the DMA transfer is terminated, the buffer is also validated (even if it is not full). A  
DMA transfer is terminated when any of the following conditions are met:  
the DMA count is complete  
DMAEN = 0  
the DMA controller asserts EOT.  
11.2.2 DMA for OUT endpoint (external USB host to internal DC)  
When the internal DMA handler is enabled and at least one buffer is full, the DREQ2  
line is asserted. The external DMA controller then starts negotiating for control of the  
bus, and as soon as it has access, it asserts the DACK2 line and starts reading the  
data. The burst length is programmable. When the number of bytes equal to the burst  
length has been read, the DREQ2 line is de-asserted. As a result, the DMA controller  
de-asserts the DACK2 line and releases the bus. At that moment the whole cycle  
restarts for the next burst. When all data are read, the DREQ2 line will be de-asserted  
and the buffer is cleared (which means that it can be overwritten when a new packet  
comes in).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
78 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
A DMA transfer is terminated when any of the following conditions are met:  
The DMA count is complete  
DMAEN = 0  
The DMA controller asserts EOT.  
When the DMA transfer is terminated, the buffer is also cleared (even if the data is not  
completely read) and the DMA handler is disabled automatically. For the next DMA  
transfer, the DMA controller as well as the DMA handler must be re-enabled.  
11.3 Endpoint descriptions  
11.3.1 Endpoints with programmable FIFO size  
Each USB device is logically composed of several independent endpoints. An  
endpoint acts as a terminus of a communication flow between the host and the  
device. At design time each endpoint is assigned a unique number (endpoint  
identifier, see Table 66). The combination of the device address (given by the host  
during enumeration), the endpoint number and the transfer direction allows each  
endpoint to be uniquely referenced.  
The DC has 16 endpoints: endpoint 0 (control IN and OUT) plus 14 configurable  
endpoints, which can be individually defined as interrupt/bulk/isochronous, IN or OUT.  
Each enabled endpoint has an associated FIFO, which can be accessed either via  
the Programmed I/O interface or via DMA.  
11.3.2 Endpoint access  
Table 66 lists the endpoint access modes and programmability. All endpoints support  
I/O mode access. Endpoints 1 to 14 also support DMA access. DC FIFO DMA  
access is selected and enabled via bits EPIDX[3:0] and DMAEN of the  
DcDMAConfiguration register. A detailed description of the DC DMA operation is  
given in Section 12.  
Table 66: Endpoint access and programmability  
Endpoint  
identifier  
FIFO size (bytes)[1]  
Double  
buffering  
I/O mode  
access  
DMA mode  
access  
Endpoint type  
0
64 (fixed)  
no  
yes  
no  
control OUT[2]  
control IN[2]  
0
64 (fixed)  
no  
yes  
no  
1 to 14  
programmable  
supported  
supported  
supported  
programmable  
[1] The total amount of FIFO storage allocated to enabled endpoints must not exceed 2462 bytes.  
[2] IN: input for the USB host (ISP1161A transmits); OUT: output from the USB host (ISP1161A receives). The data flow direction is  
determined by bit EPDIR in the DcEndpointConfiguration register; see Section 13.1.1  
11.3.3 Endpoint FIFO size  
The size of the FIFO determines the maximum packet size that the hardware can  
support for a given endpoint. Only enabled endpoints are allocated space in the  
shared FIFO storage, disabled endpoints have zero bytes. Table 67 lists the  
programmable FIFO sizes.  
The following bits in the DcEndpointConfiguration register (ECR) affect FIFO  
allocation:  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
79 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Endpoint enable bit (FIFOEN)  
Size bits of an enabled endpoint (FFOSZ[3:0])  
Isochronous bit of an enabled endpoint (FFOISO).  
Remark: Register changes that affect the allocation of the shared FIFO storage  
among endpoints must not be made while valid data is present in any FIFO of the  
enabled endpoints. Such changes will render all FIFO contents undefined.  
Table 67: Programmable FIFO size  
FFOSZ[3:0]  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Non-isochronous  
8 bytes  
Isochronous  
16 bytes  
16 bytes  
32 bytes  
64 bytes  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
32 bytes  
48 bytes  
64 bytes  
96 bytes  
128 bytes  
160 bytes  
192 bytes  
256 bytes  
320 bytes  
384 bytes  
512 bytes  
640 bytes  
768 bytes  
896 bytes  
1023 bytes  
Each programmable FIFO can be configured independently via its ECR, but the total  
physical size of all enabled endpoints (IN plus OUT) must not exceed 2462 bytes  
(512 bytes for non-isochronous FIFOs).  
Table 68 shows an example of a configuration fitting in the maximum available space  
of 2462 bytes. The total number of logical bytes in the example is 1311. The physical  
storage capacity used for double buffering is managed by the device hardware and is  
transparent to the user.  
Table 68: Memory configuration example  
Physical size  
(bytes)  
Logical size  
(bytes)  
Endpoint description  
64  
64  
control IN (64 byte fixed)  
64  
64  
control OUT (64 byte fixed)  
double-buffered 1023-byte isochronous endpoint  
16-byte interrupt OUT  
2046  
16  
1023  
16  
16  
16  
16-byte interrupt IN  
128  
128  
64  
double-buffered 64-byte bulk OUT  
double-buffered 64-byte bulk IN  
64  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
80 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
11.3.4 Endpoint initialization  
In response to the standard USB request, Set Interface, the firmware must program  
all 16 ECRs of the ISP1161A’s DC in sequence (see Table 66), whether the  
endpoints are enabled or not. The hardware will then automatically allocate FIFO  
storage space.  
If all endpoints have been configured successfully, the firmware must return an empty  
packet to the control IN endpoint to acknowledge success to the host. If there are  
errors in the endpoint configuration, the firmware must stall the control IN endpoint.  
When reset by hardware or via the USB bus, the ISP1161A’s DC disables all  
endpoints and clears all ECRs, except for the control endpoint which is fixed and  
always enabled.  
Endpoint initialization can be done at any time; however, it is valid only after  
enumeration.  
11.3.5 Endpoint I/O mode access  
When an endpoint event occurs (a packet is transmitted or received), the associated  
endpoint interrupt bits (EPn) of the DcInterrupt register will be set by the SIE. The  
firmware then responds to the interrupt and selects the endpoint for processing.  
The endpoint interrupt bit will be cleared by reading the DcEndpointStatus register  
(ESR). The ESR also contains information on the status of the endpoint buffer.  
For an OUT (= receive) endpoint, the packet length and packet data can be read from  
ISP1161A’s DC using the Read Buffer command. When the whole packet has been  
read, the firmware sends a Clear Buffer command to enable the reception of new  
packets.  
For an IN (= transmit) endpoint, the packet length and data to be sent can be written  
to ISP1161A’s DC using the Write Buffer command. When the whole packet has been  
written to the buffer, the firmware sends a Validate Buffer command to enable data  
transmission to the host.  
11.3.6 Special actions on control endpoints  
Control endpoints require special firmware actions. The arrival of a SETUP packet  
flushes the IN buffer and disables the Validate Buffer and Clear Buffer commands for  
the control IN and OUT endpoints. The microcontroller needs to re-enable these  
commands by sending an Acknowledge Setup command.  
This ensures that the last SETUP packet stays in the buffer and that no packets can  
be sent back to the host until the microcontroller has explicitly acknowledged that it  
has seen the SETUP packet.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
81 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
11.4 Suspend and resume  
11.4.1 Suspend conditions  
The ISP1161A DC detects a USB suspend status when a constant idle state is  
present on the USB bus for more than 3 ms.  
The bus-powered devices that are suspended must not consume more than 500 µA  
of current. This is achieved by shutting down power to system components or  
supplying them with a reduced voltage.  
The steps leading up to suspend status are as follows:  
1. On detecting a wakeup-to-suspend transition, the ISP1161A DC sets  
bit SUSPND in the DcInterrupt register. This will generate an interrupt if  
bit IESUSP in the DcInterruptEnable register is set.  
2. When the firmware detects a suspend condition, it must prepare all system  
components for the suspend state:  
a. All signals connected to the ISP1161A DC must enter appropriate states to  
meet the power consumption requirements of the suspend state.  
b. All input pins of the ISP1161A DC must have a CMOS LOW or HIGH level.  
3. In the interrupt service routine, the firmware must check the current status of the  
USB bus. When bit BUSTATUS in the DcInterrupt register is logic 0, the USB bus  
has left the suspend mode and the process must be aborted. Otherwise, the next  
step can be executed.  
4. To meet the suspend current requirements for a bus-powered device, the internal  
clocks must be switched off by clearing bit CLKRUN in the  
DcHardwareConfiguration register.  
5. When the firmware has set and cleared bit GOSUSP in the DcMode register, the  
ISP1161A enters the suspend state. In powered-off application, the ISP1161A  
DC asserts output SUSPEND and switches off the internal clocks after 2 ms.  
Figure 38 shows a typical timing diagram.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
82 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
A
C
> 5 ms  
10 ms  
idle state  
K-state  
USB BUS  
INT_N  
> 3 ms  
suspend  
interrupt  
resume  
interrupt  
D
GOSUSP  
WAKEUP  
B
SUSPEND  
004aaa359  
0.5 ms to 3.5 ms  
1.8 ms to 2.2 ms  
Fig 38. Suspend and resume timing.  
In Figure 38:  
A: indicates the point at which the USB bus enters the idle state.  
B: indicates resume condition, which can be a 20 ms K-state on the USB bus, a  
HIGH level on pin D_WAKEUP, or a LOW level on pin CS.  
C: indicates remote wake-up. The ISP1161A will drive a K-state on the USB bus  
for 10 ms after pin D_WAKEUP goes HIGH or pin CS goes LOW.  
D: after detecting the suspend interrupt, set and clear bit GOSUSP in the DcMode  
register.  
Powered-off application: Figure 39 shows a typical bus-powered modem  
application using the ISP1161A. The SUSPEND output switches off power to the  
microcontroller and other external circuits during the suspend state. The ISP1161A  
DC is woken up through the USB bus (global resume) or by the ring detection circuit  
on the telephone line.  
V
BUS  
V
CC  
8031  
RST  
V
BUS  
DP  
USB  
DM  
ISP1161A  
SUSPEND  
RING DETECTION  
LINE  
WAKEUP  
004aaa674  
Fig 39. SUSPEND and WAKEUP signals in a powered-off modem application.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
83 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
11.4.2 Resume conditions  
A wake-up from the suspend state is initiated either by the USB host or by the  
application:  
USB host: drives a K-state on the USB bus (global resume)  
Application: remote wake-up through a HIGH level on input WAKEUP or a LOW  
level on input CS, if enabled using bit WKUPCS in the DcHardwareConfiguration  
register. Wake-up on CS will work only if VBUS is present.  
The steps of a wake-up sequence are as follows:  
1. The internal oscillator and the PLL multiplier are re-enabled. When stabilized, the  
clock signals are routed to all internal circuits of the ISP1161A.  
2. The SUSPEND output is deasserted, and bit RESUME in the DcInterrupt register  
is set. This will generate an interrupt if bit IERESM in the DcInterruptEnable  
register is set.  
3. Maximum 15 ms after starting the wake-up sequence, the ISP1161A DC  
resumes its normal functionality.  
4. In case of a remote wake-up, the ISP1161A DC drives a K-state on the USB bus  
for 10 ms.  
5. Following the deassertion of output SUSPEND, the application restores itself and  
other system components to the normal operating mode.  
6. After wake-up, the internal registers of the ISP1161A DC are write-protected to  
prevent corruption by inadvertent writing during power-up of external  
components. The firmware must send an Unlock Device command to the  
ISP1161A DC to restore its full functionality.  
11.4.3 Control bits in suspend and resume  
Table 69: Summary of control bits  
Register  
Bit  
Function  
DcInterrupt  
SUSPND  
BUSTATUS  
a transition from awake to the suspend state was detected  
monitors USB bus status (logic 1 = suspend); used when  
interrupt is serviced  
RESUME  
IESUSP  
IERESM  
SOFTCT  
GOSUSP  
EXTPUL  
WKUPCS  
PWROFF  
all  
a transition from suspend to the resume state was detected  
enables output INT to signal the suspend state  
enables output INT to signal the resume state  
DcInterrupt  
Enable  
DcMode  
enables SoftConnect pull-up resistor to USB bus  
a HIGH-to-LOW transition enables the suspend state  
selects internal (SoftConnect) or external pull-up resistor  
enables wake-up on LOW level of input CS  
DcHardware  
Configuration  
selects powered-off mode during the suspend state  
DcUnlock  
sending data AA37H unlocks the internal registers for  
writing after a resume  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
84 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
12. DC DMA transfer  
Direct Memory Access (DMA) is a method to transfer data from one location to  
another in a computer system, without intervention of the Central Processor Unit  
(CPU). Many different implementations of DMA exist. The ISP1161A DC supports  
two methods:  
8237 compatible mode: based on the DMA subsystem of the IBM personal  
computers (PC, AT and all its successors and clones); this architecture uses the  
Intel 8237 DMA controller and has separate address spaces for memory and I/O  
DACK-only mode: based on the DMA implementation in some embedded RISC  
processors, which has a single address space for both memory and I/O.  
ISP1161A’s DC supports DMA transfer for all 14 configurable endpoints (see  
Table 66). Only one endpoint at a time can be selected for DMA transfer. The DMA  
operation of ISP1161A’s DC can be interleaved with normal I/O mode access to other  
endpoints.  
The following features are supported:  
Single-cycle or burst transfers (up to 16 bytes per cycle)  
Programmable transfer direction (read or write)  
Multiple End-Of-Transfer (EOT) sources: external pin, internal conditions,  
short/empty packet  
Programmable signal levels on pins DREQ2 and EOT.  
12.1 Selecting an endpoint for DMA transfer  
The target endpoint for DMA access is selected via bits EPDIX[3:0] in the  
DcDMAConfiguration register, as shown in Table 70. The transfer direction (read or  
write) is automatically set by bit EPDIR in the associated ECR, to match the selected  
endpoint type (OUT endpoint: read; IN endpoint: write).  
Asserting input DACK2 automatically selects the endpoint specified in the  
DcDMAConfiguration register, regardless of the current endpoint used for I/O mode  
access.  
Table 70: Endpoint selection for DMA transfer  
Endpoint  
identifier  
EPIDX[3:0]  
Transfer direction  
EPDIR = 0  
EPDIR = 1  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
85 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 70: Endpoint selection for DMA transfer…continued  
Endpoint  
identifier  
EPIDX[3:0]  
Transfer direction  
EPDIR = 0  
EPDIR = 1  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
IN: write  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
OUT: read  
12.2 8237 compatible mode  
The 8237 compatible DMA mode is selected by clearing bit DAKOLY in the  
DcHardwareConfiguration register (see Table 82). The pin functions for this mode are  
shown in Table 71.  
Table 71: 8237 compatible mode: pin functions  
Symbol  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
Description  
I/O  
O
I
Function  
DC’s DMA request  
ISP1161A’s DC requests a DMA transfer  
DMA controller confirms the transfer  
DC’s DMA  
acknowledge  
EOT  
RD  
end of transfer  
read strobe  
I
I
DMA controller terminates the transfer  
instructs ISP1161A’s DC to put data on  
the bus  
WR  
write strobe  
I
instructs ISP1161A’s DC to get data from  
the bus  
The DMA subsystem of an IBM compatible PC is based on the Intel 8237 DMA  
controller. It operates as a ‘fly-by’ DMA controller: the data is not stored in the DMA  
controller, but it is transferred between an I/O port and a memory address. A typical  
example of ISP1161A’s DC in 8237 compatible DMA mode is given in Figure 40.  
The 8237 has two control signals for each DMA channel: DREQ (DMA Request) and  
DACK (DMA Acknowledge). General control signals are HRQ (Hold Request) and  
HLDA (Hold Acknowledge). The bus operation is controlled via MEMR (Memory  
Read), MEMW (Memory Write), IOR (I/O read) and IOW (I/O write).  
MEMR  
RAM  
D0 to D15  
MEMW  
DMA  
CONTROLLER  
8237  
ISP1161A  
DEVICE  
CPU  
CONTROLLER  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
DREQ  
HRQ  
HRQ  
HLDA  
DACK  
HLDA  
RD  
IOR  
WR  
IOW  
004aaa093  
Fig 40. ISP1161A’s device controller in the 8237 compatible DMA mode.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
86 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
The following example shows the steps which occur in a typical DMA transfer:  
1. ISP1161A’s DC receives a data packet in one of its endpoint FIFOs; the packet  
must be transferred to memory address 1234H.  
2. ISP1161A’s DC asserts the DREQ2 signal requesting the 8237 for a DMA  
transfer.  
3. The 8237 asks the CPU to release the bus by asserting the HRQ signal.  
4. After completing the current instruction cycle, the CPU places the bus control  
signals (MEMR, MEMW, IOR and IOW) and the address lines in three-state and  
asserts HLDA to inform the 8237 that it has control of the bus.  
5. The 8237 now sets its address lines to 1234H and activates the MEMW and IOR  
control signals.  
6. The 8237 asserts DACK to inform ISP1161A’s DC that it will start a DMA transfer.  
7. ISP1161A’s DC now places the word to be transferred on the data bus lines,  
because its RD signal was asserted by the 8237.  
8. The 8237 waits one DMA clock period and then de-asserts MEMW and IOR. This  
latches and stores the word at the desired memory location. It also informs  
ISP1161A’s DC that the data on the bus lines has been transferred.  
9. ISP1161A’s DC de-asserts the DREQ2 signal to indicate to the 8237 that DMA is  
no longer needed. In Single cycle mode this is done after each word, in Burst  
mode following the last transferred word of the DMA cycle.  
10. The 8237 de-asserts the DACK output indicating that ISP1161A’s DC must stop  
placing data on the bus.  
11. The 8237 places the bus control signals (MEMR, MEMW, IOR and IOW) and the  
address lines in three-state and de-asserts the HRQ signal, informing the CPU  
that it has released the bus.  
12. The CPU acknowledges control of the bus by de-asserting HLDA. After activating  
the bus control lines (MEMR, MEMW, IOR and IOW) and the address lines, the  
CPU resumes the execution of instructions.  
For a typical bulk transfer the above process is repeated, once for each byte. After  
each byte the address register in the DMA controller is incremented and the byte  
counter is decremented. When using 16-bit DMA the number of transfers is 32, and  
address incrementing and byte counter decrementing is done by 2 for each word.  
12.3 DACK-only mode  
The DACK-only DMA mode is selected by setting bit DAKOLY in the  
DcHardwareConfiguration register (see Table 82). The pin functions for this mode are  
shown in Table 72. A typical example of ISP1161A’s DC in DACK-only DMA mode is  
given in Figure 41.  
Table 72: DACK-only mode: pin functions  
Symbol  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
Description  
I/O  
O
I
Function  
DC’s DMA request  
ISP1161A DC requests a DMA transfer  
DC’s DMA  
acknowledge  
DMA controller confirms the transfer;  
also functions as data strobe  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
87 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 72: DACK-only mode: pin functions…continued  
Symbol  
Description  
End-Of-Transfer  
read strobe  
I/O  
Function  
EOT  
RD  
I
I
I
DMA controller terminates the transfer  
not used  
not used  
WR  
write strobe  
In DACK-only mode ISP1161A’s DC uses the DACK2 signal as a data strobe. Input  
signals RD and WR are ignored. This mode is used in CPU systems that have a  
single address space for memory and I/O access. Such systems have no separate  
MEMW and MEMR signals: the RD and WR signals are also used as memory data  
strobes.  
ISP1161A  
DEVICE  
CONTROLLER  
DMA  
CONTROLLER  
CPU  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
DREQ  
DACK  
HRQ  
HRQ  
HLDA  
HLDA  
RD  
RAM  
D0 to D15  
WR  
004aaa094  
Fig 41. ISP1161A’s device controller in DACK-only DMA mode.  
12.4 End-Of-Transfer conditions  
12.4.1 Bulk endpoints  
A DMA transfer to/from a bulk endpoint can be terminated by any of the following  
conditions (bit names refer to the DcDMAConfiguration register, see Table 86):  
An external End-Of-Transfer signal occurs on input EOT  
The DMA transfer completes as programmed in the DcDMACounter register  
(CNTREN = 1)  
A short packet is received on an enabled OUT endpoint (SHORTP = 1)  
DMA operation is disabled by clearing bit DMAEN.  
External EOT: When reading from an OUT endpoint, an external EOT will stop the  
DMA operation and clear any remaining data in the current FIFO. For a double-  
buffered endpoint the other (inactive) buffer is not affected.  
When writing to an IN endpoint, an EOT will stop the DMA operation and the data  
packet in the FIFO (even if it is smaller than the maximum packet size) will be sent to  
the USB host at the next IN token.  
DcDMACounter register: An EOT from the DcDMACounter register is enabled by  
setting bit CNTREN in the DcDMAConfiguration register. The ISP1161A has a 16-bit  
DcDMACounter register, which specifies the number of bytes to be transferred. When  
DMA is enabled (DMAEN = 1), the internal DMA counter is loaded with the value from  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
88 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
the DcDMACounter register. When the internal counter completes the transfer as  
programmed in the DcDMACounter, an EOT condition is generated and the DMA  
operation stops.  
Short packet: Normally, the transfer byte count must be set via a control endpoint  
before any DMA transfer takes place. When a short packet has been enabled as EOT  
indicator (SHORTP = 1), the transfer size is determined by the presence of a short  
packet in the data. This mechanism permits the use of a fully autonomous data  
transfer protocol.  
When reading from an OUT endpoint, reception of a short packet at an OUT token  
will stop the DMA operation after transferring the data bytes of this packet.  
Table 73: Summary of EOT conditions for a bulk endpoint  
EOT condition  
EOT input  
OUT endpoint  
IN endpoint  
EOT is active  
EOT is active  
DcDMACounter register  
transfer completes as  
programmed in the  
transfer completes as  
programmed in the  
DcDMACounter register  
DcDMACounter register  
Short packet  
short packet is received and counter reaches zero in the  
transferred  
DMAEN = 0[1]  
middle of the buffer  
DMAEN = 0[1]  
DMAEN bit in  
DcDMAConfiguration register  
[1] The DMA transfer stops. However, no interrupt is generated.  
12.4.2 Isochronous endpoints  
A DMA transfer to/from an isochronous endpoint can be terminated by any of the  
following conditions (bit names refer to the DcDMAConfiguration register, see  
Table 86):  
An external End-Of-Transfer signal occurs on input EOT  
The DMA transfer completes as programmed in the DcDMACounter register  
(CNTREN = 1)  
An End-Of-Packet (EOP) signal is detected  
DMA operation is disabled by clearing bit DMAEN.  
Table 74: Recommended EOT usage for isochronous endpoints  
EOT condition  
OUT endpoint  
do not use  
do not use  
preferred  
IN endpoint  
preferred  
EOT input active  
DMA Counter register zero  
End-Of-Packet  
preferred  
do not use  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
89 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
13. DC commands and registers  
The functions and registers of ISP1161A’s DC are accessed via commands, which  
consist of a command code followed by optional data bytes (read or write action). An  
overview of the available commands and registers is given in Table 75.  
A complete access consists of two phases:  
1. Command phase: when address bit A0 = 1, the DC interprets the data on the  
lower byte of the bus (bits D7 to D0) as a command code. Commands without a  
data phase are executed immediately.  
2. Data phase (optional): when address bit A0 = 0, the DC transfers the data on  
the bus to or from a register or endpoint FIFO. Multi-byte registers are accessed  
least significant byte/word first.  
As the ISP1161A DC’s data bus is 16 bits wide:  
The upper byte (bits D15 to D8) in command phase, or the undefined byte in data  
phase and is ignored.  
The access of registers is word-aligned: byte access is not allowed.  
If the packet length is odd, the upper byte of the last word in an IN endpoint buffer  
is not transmitted to the host. When reading from an OUT endpoint buffer, the  
upper byte of the last word must be ignored by the firmware. The packet length is  
stored in the first 2 bytes of the endpoint buffer.  
Table 75: DC command and register summary  
Name  
Destination  
Code (Hex)  
Transaction[1]  
Initialization commands  
Write Control OUT Configuration  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 0 OUT  
20  
write 1 word  
write 1 word  
write 1 word  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
Write Control IN Configuration  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 0 IN  
21  
Write Endpoint n Configuration  
(n = 1 to 14)  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 1 to 14  
22 to 2F  
30  
Read Control OUT Configuration  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 0 OUT  
Read Control IN Configuration  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 0 IN  
31  
Read Endpoint n Configuration  
(n = 1 to 14)  
DcEndpointConfiguration register  
endpoint 1 to 14  
32 to 3F  
Write/Read Device Address  
Write/Read DcMode register  
DcAddress register  
DcMode register  
B6/B7  
B8/B9  
BA/BB  
C2/C3  
write/read 1 word  
write/read 1 word  
write/read 1 word  
write/read 2 words  
Write/Read Hardware Configuration DcHardwareConfiguration register  
Write/Read DcInterruptEnable  
register  
DcInterruptEnable register  
Write/Read DMA Configuration  
Write/Read DMA Counter  
Reset Device  
DcDMAConfiguration register  
DcDMACounter register  
resets all registers  
F0/F1  
F2/F3  
F6  
write/read 1 word  
write/read 1 word  
-
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
90 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 75: DC command and register summary…continued  
Name  
Destination  
Code (Hex)  
Transaction[1]  
Data flow commands  
Write Control OUT Buffer  
Write Control IN Buffer  
illegal: endpoint is read-only  
FIFO endpoint 0 IN  
(00)  
-
01  
N 64 bytes  
Write Endpoint n Buffer  
(n = 1 to 14)  
FIFO endpoint 1 to 14  
(IN endpoints only)  
02 to 0F  
isochronous: N 1023 bytes  
interrupt/bulk: N 64 bytes  
N 64 bytes  
Read Control OUT Buffer  
Read Control IN Buffer  
FIFO endpoint 0 OUT  
10  
illegal: endpoint is write-only  
(11)  
-
Read Endpoint n Buffer  
(n = 1 to 14)  
FIFO endpoint 1 to 14  
(OUTendpoints only)  
12 to 1F  
isochronous:  
N 1023 bytes[6]  
interrupt/bulk: N 64 bytes  
Stall Control OUT Endpoint  
Stall Control IN Endpoint  
Endpoint 0 OUT  
Endpoint 0 IN  
40  
-
-
-
41  
Stall Endpoint n  
(n = 1 to 14)  
Endpoint 1 to 14  
42 to 4F  
Read Control OUT Status  
DcEndpointStatus register  
endpoint 0 OUT  
50  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
Read Control IN Status  
DcEndpointStatus register  
endpoint 0 IN  
51  
Read Endpoint n Status  
(n = 1 to 14)  
DcEndpointStatus register n  
endpoint 1 to 14  
52 to 5F  
Validate Control OUT Buffer  
Validate Control IN Buffer  
illegal: IN endpoints only[2]  
FIFO endpoint 0 IN[2]  
(60)  
-
61  
none  
none  
Validate Endpoint n Buffer  
(n = 1 to 14)  
FIFO endpoint 1 to 14  
(IN endpoints only)[2]  
62 to 6F  
Clear Control OUT Buffer  
Clear Control IN Buffer  
FIFO endpoint 0 OUT  
illegal[3]  
70  
none  
-
(71)  
Clear Endpoint n Buffer  
(n = 1 to 14)  
FIFO endpoint 1 to 14  
(OUT endpoints only)[3]  
72 to 7F  
none  
Unstall Control OUT Endpoint  
Unstall Control IN Endpoint  
Endpoint 0 OUT  
Endpoint 0 IN  
80  
-
-
-
81  
Unstall Endpoint n  
(n = 1 to 14)  
Endpoint 1 to 14  
82 to 8F  
Check Control OUT Status[4]  
DcEndpointStatusImage register  
endpoint 0 OUT  
D0  
D1  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
read 1 word  
none  
Check Control IN Status[4]  
DcEndpointStatusImage register  
endpoint 0 IN  
Check Endpoint n Status  
(n = 1 to 14)[4]  
DcEndpointStatusImage register n D2 to DF  
endpoint 1 to 14  
Acknowledge Setup  
Endpoint 0 IN and OUT  
F4  
General commands  
Read Control OUT Error Code  
DcErrorCode register  
endpoint 0 OUT  
A0  
A1  
read 1 word [5]  
read 1 word [5]  
Read Control IN Error Code  
DcErrorCode register  
endpoint 0 IN  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
91 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 75: DC command and register summary…continued  
Name  
Destination  
Code (Hex)  
Transaction[1]  
Read Endpoint n Error Code  
(n = 1 to 14)  
DcErrorCode register  
endpoint 1 to 14  
A2 to AF  
read 1 word [5]  
Unlock Device  
all registers with write access  
DcScratch register  
B0  
write 1 word  
write/read 1 word  
read 1 word  
Write/Read DcScratch register  
Read Frame Number  
Read Chip ID  
B2/B3  
B4  
DcFrameNumber register  
DcChipID register  
B5  
read 1 word  
Read DcInterrupt register  
DcInterrupt register  
C0  
read 2 words  
[1] With N representing the number of bytes, the number of words for 16-bit bus width is: (N + 1) DIV 2.  
[2] Validating an OUT endpoint buffer causes unpredictable behavior of ISP1161A’s DC.  
[3] Clearing an IN endpoint buffer causes unpredictable behavior of ISP1161A’s DC.  
[4] Reads a copy of the DcStatus register: executing this command does not clear any status bits or interrupt bits.  
[5] When accessing an 8-bit register in 16-bit mode, the upper byte is invalid.  
[6] During isochronous transfer in 16-bit mode, because N 1023, the firmware must take care of the upper byte.  
13.1 Initialization commands  
Initialization commands are used during the enumeration process of the USB  
network. These commands are used to configure and enable the embedded  
endpoints. They also serve to set the USB assigned address of ISP1161A’s DC and  
to perform a device reset.  
13.1.1 DcEndpointConfiguration register (R/W: 30H–3FH/20H–2FH)  
This command is used to access the DcEndpointConfiguration register (ECR) of the  
target endpoint. It defines the endpoint type (isochronous or bulk/interrupt), direction  
(OUT/IN), FIFO size and buffering scheme. It also enables the endpoint FIFO. The  
register bit allocation is shown in Table 76. A bus reset will disable all endpoints.  
The allocation of FIFO memory only takes place after all 16 endpoints have been  
configured in sequence (from endpoint 0 OUT to endpoint 14). Although the control  
endpoints have fixed configurations, they must be included in the initialization  
sequence and be configured with their default values (see Table 66). Automatic FIFO  
allocation starts when endpoint 14 has been configured.  
Remark: If any change is made to an endpoint configuration which affects the  
allocated memory (size, enable/disable), the FIFO memory contents of all endpoints  
becomes invalid. Therefore, all valid data must be removed from enabled endpoints  
before changing the configuration.  
Code (Hex): 20 to 2F — write (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Code (Hex): 30 to 3F — read (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 76: DcEndpointConfiguration register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
FIFOEN  
0
6
EPDIR  
0
5
DBLBUF  
0
4
FFOISO  
0
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
FFOSZ[3:0]  
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
92 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 77: DcEndpointConfiguration register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
FIFOEN  
Logic 1 indicates an enabled FIFO with allocated memory.  
Logic 0 indicates a disabled FIFO (no bytes allocated).  
6
EPDIR  
This bit defines the endpoint direction (0 = OUT, 1 = IN); it also  
determines the DMA transfer direction (0 = read, 1 = write).  
5
4
DBLBUF  
FFOISO  
Logic 1 indicates that this endpoint has double buffering.  
Logic 1 indicates an isochronous endpoint. Logic 0 indicates a  
bulk or interrupt endpoint.  
3 to 0  
FFOSZ[3:0]  
Selects the FIFO size according to Table 67  
13.1.2 DcAddress register (R/W: B7H/B6H)  
This command is used to set the USB assigned address in the DcAddress register  
and enable the USB device. The DcAddress register bit allocation is shown in  
Table 78.  
A USB bus reset sets the device address to 00H (internally) and enables the device.  
The value of the DcAddress register (accessible by the microcontroller) is not altered  
by the bus reset. In response to the standard USB request, Set Address, the firmware  
must issue a Write Device Address command, followed by sending an empty packet  
to the host. The new device address is activated when the host acknowledges the  
empty packet.  
Code (Hex): B6/B7 — write/read DcAddress register  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 78: DcAddress register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
DEVEN  
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DEVADR[6:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 79: DcAddress register: bit description  
Bit  
7
Symbol  
Description  
DEVEN  
Logic 1 enables the device.  
6 to 0  
DEVADR[6:0] This field specifies the USB device address.  
13.1.3 DcMode register (R/W: B9H/B8H)  
This command is used to access the ISP1161A’s DcMode register, which consists of  
1 byte (for bit allocation: see Table 79). In 16-bit bus mode the upper byte is ignored.  
The DcMode register controls the DMA bus width, resume and suspend modes,  
interrupt activity and SoftConnect operation. It can be used to enable debug mode,  
where all errors and Not Acknowledge (NAK) conditions will generate an interrupt.  
Code (Hex): B8/B9 — write/read Mode register  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
93 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 80: DcMode register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
DMAWD  
0[1]  
6
reserved  
0
5
GOSUSP  
0
4
reserved  
0
3
INTENA  
0[1]  
2
DBGMOD  
0[1]  
1
reserved  
0[1]  
0
SOFTCT  
0[1]  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
[1] Unchanged by a bus reset.  
Table 81: DcMode register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
DMAWD  
Logic 1 selects 16-bit DMA bus width (bus configuration  
modes 0 and 2). Logic 0 selects 8-bit DMA bus width. Bus reset  
value: unchanged.  
6
5
4
3
-
reserved  
GOSUSP  
-
Writing logic 1 followed by logic 0 will activate ‘suspend’ mode.  
reserved  
INTENA  
Logic 1 enables all DC interrupts. Bus reset value: unchanged;  
for details, see Section 8.6.3.  
2
DBGMOD  
Logic 1 enables debug mode, where all NAKs and errors will  
generate an interrupt. Logic 0 selects normal operation, where  
interrupts are generated on every ACK (bulk endpoints) or after  
every data transfer (isochronous endpoints).  
Bus reset value: unchanged.  
1
0
-
reserved  
SOFTCT  
Logic 1 enables SoftConnect (see Section 7.5). This bit is  
ignored if EXTPUL = 1 in the DcHardwareConfiguration register  
(see Table 82). Bus reset value: unchanged.  
13.1.4 DcHardwareConfiguration register (R/W: BBH/BAH)  
This command is used to access the DcHardwareConfiguration register, which  
consists of 2 bytes. The first (lower) byte contains the device configuration and  
control values, the second (upper) byte holds the clock control bits and the clock  
division factor. The bit allocation is given in Table 82. A bus reset will not change any  
of the programmed bit values.  
The DcHardwareConfiguration register controls the connection to the USB bus, clock  
activity and power supply during ‘suspend’ state, output clock frequency, DMA  
operating mode and pin configurations (polarity, signalling mode).  
Code (Hex): BA/BB — write/read DcHardwareConfiguration register  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 82: DcHardwareConfiguration register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
reserved  
0
14  
EXTPUL  
0
13  
NOLAZY  
1
12  
CLKRUN  
0
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
CLKDIV[3:0]  
0
0
1
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
94 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
7
DAKOLY  
0
6
DRQPOL  
1
5
DAKPOL  
0
4
EOTPOL  
0
3
WKUPCS  
0
2
PWROFF  
0
1
INTLVL  
0
0
INTPOL  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 83: DcHardwareConfiguration register: bit description  
Bit  
15  
14  
Symbol  
-
Description  
reserved  
EXTPUL  
Logic 1 indicates that an external 1.5 kpull-up resistor is used  
on pin D+ and that SoftConnect is not used. Bus reset value:  
unchanged.  
13  
12  
NOLAZY  
CLKRUN  
Logic 1 disables output on pin CLKOUT of the LazyClock  
frequency (100 kHz ± 50 %) during ‘suspend’ state. Logic 0  
causes pin CLKOUT to switch to LazyClock output after  
approximately 2 ms delay, following the setting of bit GOSUSP  
in the DcMode register. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Logic 1 indicates that the internal clocks are always running,  
even during ‘suspend’ state. Logic 0 switches off the internal  
oscillator and PLL, when they are not needed. During ‘suspend’  
state this bit must be made logic 0 to meet the suspend current  
requirements. The clock is stopped after a delay of  
approximately 2 ms, following the setting of bit GOSUSP in the  
DcMode register. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
11 to 8  
CLKDIV[3:0]  
This field specifies the clock division factor N, which controls the  
clock frequency on output CLKOUT. The output frequency in  
MHz is given by 48 / (N + 1). The clock frequency range is  
3 MHz to 48 MHz (N = 0 to 15). with a reset value of 12 MHz  
(N = 3). The hardware design guarantees no glitches during  
frequency change. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
7
6
5
4
3
DAKOLY  
DRQPOL  
DAKPOL  
EOTPOL  
WKUPCS  
Logic 1 selects DACK-only DMA mode. Logic 0 selects  
8237 compatible DMA mode. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Selects DREQ2 pin signal polarity (0 = active LOW, 1 = active  
HIGH). Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Selects DACK2 pin signal polarity (0 = active LOW).  
Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Selects EOT pin signal polarity (0 = active LOW, 1 = active  
HIGH). Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Logic 1 enables remote wake-up via a LOW level on input pin  
CS (VBUS must be present for wake-up on CS).  
Bus reset value: unchanged.  
2
1
0
PWROFF  
INTLVL  
Logic 1 enables powering-off during ‘suspend’ state. Output  
D_SUSPEND pin is configured as a power switch control signal  
for external devices (HIGH during ‘suspend’). This value should  
always be initialized to logic 1. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
Selects the interrupt signalling mode on output pin INT2  
(0 = level, 1 = pulsed). In pulsed mode an interrupt produces an  
166 ns pulse. See Section 8.6.3 for details.  
Bus reset value: unchanged.  
INTPOL  
Selects INT2 pin signal polarity (0 = active LOW, 1 = active  
HIGH). Bus reset value: unchanged.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
95 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
13.1.5 DcInterruptEnable register (R/W: C3H/C2H)  
This command is used to individually enable or disable interrupts from all endpoints,  
as well as interrupts caused by events on the USB bus (SOF, SOF lost, EOT,  
suspend, resume, reset). That is, if an interrupt event occurs while the interrupt is not  
enabled, nothing will be seen on the interrupt pin. Even if you then enable the  
interrupt during the interrupt event, there will still be no interrupt seen on the interrupt  
pin, see Figure 42.  
The DcInterrupt register will not register any interrupt, if it is not already enabled  
using the DcInterruptEnable register. The DcInterruptEnable register is not an  
Interrupt Mask register.  
DcInterruptEnable  
register  
DcInterruptEnable  
register  
enabled  
disabled  
interrupt is cleared  
INT2 pin  
interrupt  
event  
interrupt  
event  
004aaa197  
occurs  
occurs  
Pin INT2: HIGH = de-assert; LOW = assert; INTENA = 1.  
Fig 42. Interrupt pin waveform.  
A bus reset will not change any of the programmed bit values.  
The command accesses the DcInterruptEnable register, which consists of 4 bytes.  
The bit allocation is given in Table 84.  
Remark: For details on interrupt control, see Section 8.6.3.  
Code (Hex): C2/C3 — write/read DcInterruptEnable register  
Transaction — write/read 2 words  
Table 84: DcInterruptEnable register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
R/W  
23  
0
R/W  
22  
0
R/W  
21  
0
0
R/W  
19  
0
0
0
R/W  
20  
R/W  
18  
R/W  
17  
R/W  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
IEP14  
0
IEP13  
0
IEP12  
0
IEP11  
0
IEP10  
0
IEP9  
0
IEP8  
0
IEP7  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
96 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Bit  
15  
IEP6  
0
14  
13  
IEP4  
0
12  
IEP3  
0
11  
IEP2  
0
10  
IEP1  
0
9
IEP0IN  
0
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
IEP5  
IEP0OUT  
0
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
7
R/W  
R/W  
5
R/W  
4
R/W  
3
R/W  
2
R/W  
1
6
SP_IEEOT  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
reserved  
0
IEPSOF  
0
IESOF  
0
IEEOT  
0
IESUSP  
0
IERESM  
0
IERST  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 85: DcInterruptEnable register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 24  
-
reserved; must write logic 0  
23 to 10  
IEP14 to IEP1 Logic 1 enables interrupts from the indicated endpoint.  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IEP0IN  
IEP0OUT  
-
Logic 1 enables interrupts from the control IN endpoint.  
Logic 1 enables interrupts from the control OUT endpoint.  
reserved  
SP_IEEOT  
IEPSOF  
IESOF  
IEEOT  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon detection of a short packet.  
Logic 1 enables 1 ms interrupts upon detection of Pseudo SOF.  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon SOF detection.  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon EOT detection.  
IESUSP  
IERESM  
IERST  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon detection of ‘suspend’ state.  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon detection of a ‘resume’ state.  
Logic 1 enables interrupt upon detection of a bus reset.  
13.1.6 DcDMAConfiguration register (R/W: F1H/F0H)  
This command defines the DMA configuration of ISP1161A’s DC and  
enables/disables DMA transfers. The command accesses the DcDMAConfiguration  
register, which consists of 2 bytes. The bit allocation is given in Table 86. A bus reset  
will clear bit DMAEN (DMA disabled), all other bits remain unchanged.  
Code (Hex): F0/F1 — write/read DMA Configuration  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 86: DcDMAConfiguration register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
CNTREN  
0[1]  
14  
SHORTP  
0[1]  
13  
reserved  
0[1]  
12  
reserved  
0[1]  
11  
reserved  
0[1]  
10  
reserved  
0[1]  
9
reserved  
0[1]  
8
reserved  
0[1]  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
R/W  
R/W  
6
R/W  
5
R/W  
4
R/W  
3
R/W  
2
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
7
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
EPDIX[3:0]  
DMAEN  
0
reserved  
0
BURSTL[1:0]  
0[1]  
0[1]  
0[1]  
0[1]  
0[1]  
0[1]  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
[1] Unchanged by a bus reset.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
97 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 87: DcDMAConfiguration register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15  
CNTREN  
Logic 1 enables the generation of an EOT condition, when the  
DcDMACounter register reaches zero. Bus reset value:  
unchanged.  
14  
SHORTP  
Logic 1 enables short/empty packet mode. When receiving  
(OUTendpoint) a short/empty packet an EOT condition is  
generated. When transmitting (IN endpoint), this bit should be  
cleared. Bus reset value: unchanged.  
13 to 8  
-
reserved  
7 to 4  
3
EPDIX[3:0]  
DMAEN  
Indicates the destination endpoint for DMA, see Table 70.  
Writing logic 1 enables DMA transfer, logic 0 forces the end of  
an ongoing DMA transfer. Reading this bit indicates whether  
DMA is enabled (0 = DMA stopped, 1 = DMA enabled). This bit  
is cleared by a bus reset.  
2
-
reserved  
1 to 0  
BURSTL[1:0] Selects the DMA burst length:  
00 — single-cycle mode (1 byte)  
01 — burst mode (4 bytes)  
10 — burst mode (8 bytes)  
11 — burst mode (16 bytes).  
Bus reset value: unchanged.  
For selecting an endpoint for device DMA transfer, see Section 11.2.  
13.1.7 DcDMACounter register (R/W: F3H/F2H)  
This command accesses the DcDMACounter register. The bit allocation is given in  
Table 88. Writing to the register sets the number of bytes for a DMA transfer. Reading  
the register returns the number of remaining bytes in the current transfer. A bus reset  
will not change the programmed bit values.  
The internal DMA counter is automatically reloaded from the DcDMACounter register  
when DMA is re-enabled (DMAEN = 1). See Section 13.1.6 for more details.  
Code (Hex): F2/F3 — write/read DcDMACounter register  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 88: DcDMACounter register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
DMACR[15:8]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
DMACR[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
98 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 89: DcDMACounter register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
DMACR[15:0] DMA Counter register  
13.1.8 Reset Device (F6H)  
This command resets the ISP1161A DC in the same way as an external hardware  
reset via input RESET. All registers are initialized to their ‘reset’ values.  
Code (Hex): F6 — reset the device  
Transaction — none  
13.2 Data flow commands  
Data flow commands are used to manage the data transmission between the USB  
endpoints and the system microprocessor. Much of the data flow is initiated via an  
interrupt to the microprocessor. The data flow commands are used to access the  
endpoints and determine whether the endpoint FIFOs contain valid data.  
Remark: The IN buffer of an endpoint contains input data for the host, the OUT buffer  
receives output data from the host.  
13.2.1 Write/Read Endpoint Buffer (R/W: 10H,12H-1FH/01H–0FH)  
This command is used to access endpoint FIFO buffers for reading or writing. First,  
the buffer pointer is reset to the beginning of the buffer. Following the command, a  
maximum of (M + 1) words can be written or read, with M given by (N + 1) DIV 2, N  
representing the size of the endpoint buffer. After each read/write action the buffer  
pointer is automatically incremented by 2.  
In DMA access, the first word (the packet length) is skipped: transfers start at the  
second word of the endpoint buffer. When reading, the ISP1161A DC can detect the  
last word via the End of Packet (EOP) condition. When writing to a bulk/interrupt  
endpoint, the endpoint buffer must be completely filled before sending the data to the  
host. Exception: when a DMA transfer is stopped by an external EOT condition, the  
current buffer content (full or not) is sent to the host.  
Remark: Reading data after a Write Endpoint Buffer command or writing data after a  
Read Endpoint Buffer command will cause unpredictable behavior of the ISP1161A  
DC.  
Code (Hex): 01 to 0F — write (control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Code (Hex): 10, 12 to 1F — read (control OUT, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — write/read maximum (M + 1) words (isochronous endpoint: N 1023,  
bulk/interrupt endpoint: N 32)  
The data in the endpoint FIFO must be organized as shown in Table 90. An example  
of endpoint FIFO access is given Table 91.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
99 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 90: Endpoint FIFO organization  
Word # Description  
0 (lower byte)  
0 (upper byte)  
1 (lower byte)  
1 (upper byte)  
packet length (lower byte)  
packet length (upper byte)  
data byte 1  
data byte 2  
M = (N + 1) DIV 2  
data byte N  
Table 91: Example of endpoint FIFO access  
A0  
Phase  
Bus lines  
D[7:0]  
Word #  
Description  
1
command  
-
command code (00H to 1FH)  
D[15:8]  
D[15:0]  
D[15:0]  
D[15:0]  
-
ignored  
0
data  
data  
data  
0
1
2
packet length  
0
data word 1 (data byte 2, data byte 1)  
data word 2 (data byte 4, data byte 3)  
0
Remark: There is no protection against writing or reading past a buffer’s boundary or  
against writing into an OUT buffer or reading from an IN buffer. Any of these actions  
could cause an incorrect operation. Data residing in an OUT buffer are only  
meaningful after a successful transaction. Exception: during DMA access of a  
double-buffered endpoint, the buffer pointer automatically points to the secondary  
buffer after reaching the end of the primary buffer.  
13.2.2 DcEndpointStatus register (R: 50H–5FH)  
This command is used to read the status of an endpoint FIFO. The command  
accesses the DcEndpointStatus register, the bit allocation of which is shown in  
Table 92. Reading the DcEndpointStatus register will clear the interrupt bit set for the  
corresponding endpoint in the DcInterrupt register (see Table 108).  
All bits of the DcEndpointStatus register are read-only. Bit EPSTAL is controlled by  
the Stall/Unstall commands and by the reception of a SETUP token (see  
Section 13.2.3).  
Code (Hex): 50 to 5F — read (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — read 1 word  
Table 92: DcEndpointStatus register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
EPSTAL  
EPFULL1  
EPFULL0  
DATA_PID  
OVER  
SETUPT  
CPUBUF  
reserved  
WRITE  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
100 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 93: DcEndpointStatus register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
EPSTAL  
This bit indicates whether the endpoint is stalled or not  
(1 = stalled, 0 = not stalled).  
Set to logic 1 by a Stall Endpoint command, cleared to logic 0 by  
an Unstall Endpoint command. The endpoint is automatically  
unstalled upon reception of a SETUP token.  
6
5
4
EPFULL1  
EPFULL0  
DATA_PID  
Logic 1 indicates that the secondary endpoint buffer is full.  
Logic 1 indicates that the primary endpoint buffer is full.  
This bit indicates the data PID of the next packet (0 = DATA PID,  
1 = DATA1 PID).  
3
OVERWRITE This bit is set by hardware, logic 1 indicating that a new Setup  
packet has overwritten the previous set-up information, before it  
was acknowledged or before the endpoint was stalled. If writing  
the set-up data has finished, this bit is cleared by a read action.  
Firmware must check this bit before sending an Acknowledge  
Setup command or stalling the endpoint. Upon reading logic 1,  
the firmware must stop ongoing setup actions and wait for a new  
Setup packet.  
2
1
SETUPT  
CPUBUF  
Logic 1 indicates that the buffer contains a Setup packet.  
This bit indicates which buffer is currently selected for CPU  
access (0 = primary buffer, 1 = secondary buffer).  
0
-
reserved  
13.2.3 Stall Endpoint/Unstall Endpoint (40H–4FH/80H—8FH)  
These commands are used to stall or unstall an endpoint. The commands modify the  
content of the DcEndpointStatus register (see Table 92).  
A stalled control endpoint is automatically unstalled when it receives a SETUP token,  
regardless of the packet content. If the endpoint should stay in its stalled state, the  
microprocessor can re-stall it with the Stall Endpoint command.  
When a stalled endpoint is unstalled (either by the Unstall Endpoint command or by  
receiving a SETUP token), it is also re-initialized. This flushes the buffer: if it is an  
OUT buffer it waits for a DATA 0 PID, if it is an IN buffer it writes a DATA 0 PID.  
Code (Hex): 40 to 4F — stall (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Code (Hex): 80 to 8F — unstall (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — none  
13.2.4 Validate Endpoint Buffer (R/W: 6FH/61H)  
This command signals the presence of valid data for transmission to the USB host, by  
setting the Buffer Full flag of the selected IN endpoint. This indicates that the data in  
the buffer is valid and can be sent to the host, when the next IN token is received. For  
a double-buffered endpoint this command switches the current FIFO for CPU access.  
Remark: For special aspects of the control IN endpoint see Section 11.3.6.  
Code (Hex): 61 to 6F — validate endpoint buffer (control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — none  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
101 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
13.2.5 Clear Endpoint Buffer (70H, 72H–7FH)  
This command unlocks and clears the buffer of the selected OUT endpoint, allowing  
the reception of new packets. Reception of a complete packet causes the Buffer Full  
flag of an OUT endpoint to be set. Any subsequent packets are refused by returning a  
NAK condition, until the buffer is unlocked using this command. For a double-buffered  
endpoint this command switches the current FIFO for CPU access.  
Remark: For special aspects of the control OUT endpoint see Section 11.3.6.  
Code (Hex): 70, 72 to 7F — clear endpoint buffer (control OUT, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — none  
13.2.6 DcEndpointStatusImage register (D0H–DFH)  
This command is used to check the status of the selected endpoint FIFO without  
clearing any status or interrupt bits. The command accesses the  
DcEndpointStatusImage register, which contains a copy of the DcEndpointStatus  
register. The bit allocation of the DcEndpointStatusImage register is shown in  
Table 94.  
Code (Hex): D0 to DF — check status (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 94: DcEndpointStatusImage register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
EPSTAL  
EPFULL1  
EPFULL0  
DATA_PID  
OVER  
SETUPT  
CPUBUF  
reserved  
WRITE  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Access  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 95: DcEndpointStatusImage register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
EPSTAL  
This bit indicates whether the endpoint is stalled or not  
(1 = stalled, 0 = not stalled).  
6
5
4
EPFULL1  
EPFULL0  
DATA_PID  
Logic 1 indicates that the secondary endpoint buffer is full.  
Logic 1 indicates that the primary endpoint buffer is full.  
This bit indicates the data PID of the next packet (0 = DATA PID,  
1 = DATA1 PID).  
3
OVERWRITE This bit is set by hardware, logic 1 indicating that a new Setup  
packet has overwritten the previous set-up information, before it  
was acknowledged or before the endpoint was stalled. If writing  
the set-up data has finished, this bit is cleared by a read action.  
Firmware must check this bit before sending an Acknowledge  
Setup command or stalling the endpoint. Upon reading logic 1  
the firmware must stop ongoing set-up actions and wait for a  
new Setup packet.  
2
1
SETUPT  
CPUBUF  
Logic 1 indicates that the buffer contains a Setup packet.  
This bit indicates which buffer is currently selected for CPU  
access (0 = primary buffer, 1 = secondary buffer).  
0
-
reserved  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
102 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
13.2.7 Acknowledge Setup (F4H)  
This command acknowledges to the host that a SETUP packet was received. The  
arrival of a SETUP packet disables the Validate Buffer and Clear Buffer commands  
for the control IN and OUT endpoints. The microprocessor needs to re-enable these  
commands by sending an Acknowledge Setup command, see Section 11.3.6.  
Code (Hex): F4 — acknowledge setup  
Transaction — none  
13.3 General commands  
13.3.1 Read Endpoint Error Code(R: A0H–AFH)  
This command returns the status of the last transaction of the selected endpoint, as  
stored in the DcErrorCode register. Each new transaction overwrites the previous  
status information. The bit allocation of the DcErrorCode register is shown in  
Table 96.  
Code (Hex): A0 to AF — read error code (control OUT, control IN, endpoint 1 to 14)  
Transaction — read 1 word  
Table 96: DcErrorCode register: bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RTOK  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
UNREAD  
DATA01  
reserved  
ERROR[3:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 97: DcErrorCode register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
UNREAD  
Logic 1 indicates that a new event occurred before the previous  
status was read.  
6
DATA01  
This bit indicates the PID type of the last successfully received  
or transmitted packet (0 = DATA0 PID, 1 = DATA1 PID).  
5
-
reserved  
4 to 1  
0
ERROR[3:0]  
RTOK  
Error code. For error description, see Table 98.  
Logic 1 indicates that data was received or transmitted  
successfully.  
Table 98: Transaction error codes  
Error code  
(Binary)  
Description  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
no error  
PID encoding error; bits 7 to 4 are not the inverse of bits 3 to 0  
PID unknown; encoding is valid, but PID does not exist  
unexpected packet; packet is not of the expected type (token, data, or  
acknowledge), or is a SETUP token to a non-control endpoint  
0100  
0101  
token CRC error  
data CRC error  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
103 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 98: Transaction error codes…continued  
Error code  
Description  
(Binary)  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
time-out error  
babble error  
unexpected end-of-packet  
sent or received NAK (Not AcKnowledge)  
sent Stall; a token was received, but the endpoint was stalled  
overflow; the received packet was larger than the available buffer space  
sent empty packet (ISO only)  
bit stuffing error  
sync error  
wrong (unexpected) toggle bit in DATA PID; data was ignored  
13.3.2 Unlock Device (B0H)  
This command unlocks ISP1161A’s DC from write-protection mode after a ‘resume’.  
In ‘suspend’ state all registers and FIFOs are write-protected to prevent data  
corruption by external devices during a ‘resume’. Also, the register access for reading  
is possible only after the ‘Unlock Device’ command is executed.  
After waking up from ‘suspend’ state, the firmware must unlock the registers and  
FIFOs via this command, by writing the unlock code (AA37H) into the Lock register.  
The bit allocation of the Lock register is given in Table 99.  
Code (Hex): B0 — unlock the device  
Transaction — write 1 word (unlock code)  
Table 99: Lock register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
UNLOCKH[7:0]  
1
W
7
0
W
6
1
W
5
0
W
4
1
W
3
0
W
2
1
W
1
0
W
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
UNLOCKL[7:0]  
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Table 100: Lock register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 0  
UNLOCK[15:0] Sending data AA37H unlocks the internal registers and FIFOs  
for writing, following a ‘resume’.  
13.3.3 DcScratch register (R/W: B3H/B2H)  
This command accesses the 16-bit DcScratch register, which can be used by the  
firmware to save and restore information, e.g., the device status before powering  
down in ‘suspend’ state. The register bit allocation is given in Table 101.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
104 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Code (Hex): B2/B3 — write/read Scratch register  
Transaction — write/read 1 word  
Table 101: DcScratch register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
SFIRH[4:0]  
0
R/W  
7
0
R/W  
6
0
R/W  
5
0
R/W  
4
0
R/W  
3
0
R/W  
2
0
R/W  
1
0
R/W  
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
SFIRL[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 102: DcScratch register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
-
Description  
15 to 13  
12 to 0  
reserved; must be logic 0  
Scratch Information register  
SFIR[12:0]  
13.3.4 Read Frame Number (R: B4H)  
This command returns the frame number of the last successfully received SOF. It is  
followed by reading one word from the DcFrameNumber register, containing the  
frame number. The DcFrameNumber register is shown in Table 103.  
Remark: After a bus reset, the value of the DcFrameNumber register is undefined.  
Code (Hex): B4 — read frame number  
Transaction — read 1 word  
Table 103: DcFrameNumber register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset[1]  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
SOFRH[2:0]  
0
R
7
0
R
6
0
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
0
R
0
Symbol  
Reset[1]  
Access  
SOFRL[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
[1] Reset value undefined after a bus reset.  
Table 104: DcFrameNumber register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 11  
10 to 8  
7 to 0  
-
reserved  
SOFRH[2:0] SOF frame number (part of upper byte)  
SOFRL[7:0] SOF frame number (lower byte)  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
105 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 105: Example of DcFrameNumber register access  
A0  
Phase  
Bus lines  
D[7:0]  
Word #  
Description  
1
command  
-
command code (B4H)  
ignored  
D[15:8]  
D[15:0]  
-
0
data  
0
frame number  
13.3.5 Read Chip ID (R: B5H)  
This command reads the chip identification code and hardware version number. The  
firmware must check this information to determine the supported functions and  
features. This command accesses the DcChipID register, which is shown in  
Table 106.  
Code (Hex): B5 — read chip ID  
Transaction — read 1 word  
Table 106: DcChipID register: bit allocation  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
CHIPIDH[7:0]  
0
R
7
1
R
6
1
R
5
0
R
4
0
R
3
0
R
2
0
R
1
1
R
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
CHIPIDL[7:0]  
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 107: DcChipID register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
15 to 8  
7 to 0  
CHIPIDH[7:0] chip ID code (61H)  
CHIPIDL[7:0] silicon version (22H)  
13.3.6 Read Interrupt register (R: C0H)  
This command indicates the sources of interrupts as stored in the 4-byte DcInterrupt  
register. Each individual endpoint has its own interrupt bit. The bit allocation of the  
DcInterrupt register is shown in Table 108. Bit BUSTATUS is used to verify the current  
bus status in the interrupt service routine. Interrupts are enabled via the Interrupt  
Enable register, see Section 13.1.5.  
Remark: While reading the DcInterrupt register, it is recommended that both 2 byte  
words are read completely.  
Code (Hex): C0 — read interrupt register  
Transaction — read 2 words  
Remark: For details on interrupt control, see Section 8.6.3.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
106 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 108: DcInterrupt register: bit allocation  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
reserved  
0
0
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
23  
22  
21  
EP12  
0
20  
EP11  
0
19  
EP10  
0
18  
17  
16  
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
EP14  
EP13  
EP9  
EP8  
EP7  
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
15  
14  
13  
EP4  
0
12  
EP3  
0
11  
EP2  
0
10  
9
8
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
Bit  
EP6  
EP5  
EP1  
EP0IN  
EP0OUT  
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Reset  
Access  
BUSTATUS  
SP_EOT  
PSOF  
0
SOF  
0
EOT  
0
SUSPND  
RESUME  
RESET  
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 109: DcInterrupt register: bit description  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
31 to 24  
-
reserved  
23 to 10  
EP14 to EP1 Logic 1 indicates the interrupt source(s): endpoint 14 to 1.  
9
8
7
6
EP0IN  
Logic 1 indicates the interrupt source: control IN endpoint.  
Logic 1 indicates the interrupt source: control OUT endpoint.  
Monitors the current USB bus status (0 = awake, 1 = suspend).  
EP0OUT  
BUSTATUS  
SP_EOT  
Logic 1 indicates that an EOT interrupt has occurred for a short  
packet.  
5
PSOF  
Logic 1 indicates that an interrupt is issued every 1 ms because  
of the Pseudo SOF; after 3 missed SOFs ‘suspend’ state is  
entered.  
4
3
SOF  
EOT  
Logic 1 indicates that a SOF condition was detected.  
Logic 1 indicates that an internal EOT condition was generated  
by the DMA Counter reaching zero.  
2
SUSPND  
Logic 1 indicates that an ‘awake’ to ‘suspend’ change of state  
was detected on the USB bus.  
1
0
RESUME  
RESET  
Logic 1 indicates that a ‘resume’ state was detected.  
Logic 1 indicates that a bus reset condition was detected.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
107 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
14. Power supply  
ISP1161A can operate at either 5 V or 3.3 V.  
When using 5 V as ISP1161A’s power supply input, only VCC (pin 56) can be  
connected to the 5 V power supply. An application with a 5 V power supply input is  
shown in Figure 43. ISP1161A has an internal DC/DC regulator to provide 3.3 V for  
its internal core. This internal 3.3 V can also be obtained from Vreg(3.3) (pin 58) to  
supply the 1.5 kpull-up resistor of the DC side upstream port signal D_DP. The  
signal D_DP is connected to the standard USB upstream port connector’s pin D+.  
When using 3.3 V as the power supply input, the internal DC/DC regulator will be  
bypassed. All four power supply pins (VCC, Vreg(3.3), Vhold1 and Vhold2) can be used as  
power supply input.  
It is recommended that you connect all four power supply pins to the 3.3 V power  
supply, as shown in Figure 44. If, however, you have board space (routing area)  
constraints, you must connect at least the VCC and the Vreg(3.3) to the 3.3 V power  
supply.  
For both 3.3 V and 5 V operation, all four power supply pins should be connected to a  
decoupling capacitor.  
+3.3 V  
ISP1161A  
+5 V  
ISP1161A  
1.5 kΩ  
1.5 kΩ  
V
V
CC  
CC  
to USB  
upstream  
port  
to USB  
upstream  
port  
V
V
reg(3.3)  
D_DP  
D_DP  
reg(3.3)  
connector  
connector  
V
V
hold1  
hold1  
V
V
hold2  
hold2  
GND  
GND  
004aaa096  
004aaa097  
Fig 43. Using a 5 V supply.  
Fig 44. Using a 3.3 V supply.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
108 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
15. Crystal oscillator and LazyClock  
The ISP1161A has a crystal oscillator designed for a 6 MHz parallel-resonant crystal  
(fundamental). A typical circuit is shown in Figure 45. Alternatively, an external clock  
signal of 6 MHz can be applied to input XTAL1, while leaving output XTAL2 open. See  
Figure 46.  
V
CC  
6 MHz  
ISP1161A  
ISP1161A  
CLKOUT  
Out  
CLKOUT  
18 pF  
6 MHz  
18 pF  
OSC  
XTAL2  
XTAL1  
n.c.  
XTAL2  
XTAL1  
004aaa099  
004aaa098  
Fig 45. Oscillator circuit with external crystal.  
Fig 46. Oscillator circuit using external oscillator.  
The 6 MHz oscillator frequency is multiplied to 48 MHz by an internal PLL. This  
frequency is used to generate a programmable clock output signal at pin CLKOUT,  
ranging from 3 MHz to 48 MHz.  
In ‘suspend’ state the normal CLKOUT signal is not available, because the crystal  
oscillator and the PLL are switched off to save power. Instead, the CLKOUT signal  
can be switched to the LazyClock frequency of 100 ± 50 % kHz.  
The oscillator operation and the CLKOUT frequency are controlled via the  
DcHardwareConfiguration register, as shown in Figure 47. The following bits are  
involved:  
CLKRUN switches the oscillator on and off  
CLKDIV[3:0] is the division factor determining the normal CLKOUT frequency  
NOLAZY controls the LazyClock signal output during ‘suspend’ state.  
For details about the DC’s interrupt logic, see Section 8.6.3.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
109 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
hardware  
configuration  
register  
CLKRUN  
SUSPEND  
enable  
6 MHz  
enable  
.
.
.
48 MHz  
1
0
XTAL OSC  
PLL 8×  
÷
(N + 1)  
N
CLKOUT  
4
[
]
CLKDIV 3:0  
NOLAZY  
100 (±50 %) kHz  
LAZYCLOCK  
.
.
.
enable  
NOLAZY  
MGS775  
Fig 47. Oscillator and LazyClock logic.  
When ISP1161A’s DC enters ‘suspend’ state (by setting and clearing bit GOSUSP in  
the DcMode register), outputs D_SUSPEND and CLKOUT change state after  
approximately 2 ms delay. When NOLAZY = 0 the clock signal on output CLKOUT  
does not stop, but changes to the 100 kHz ± 50 % LazyClock frequency.  
When resuming from ‘suspend’ state by a positive pulse on input D_WAKEUP, output  
SUSPEND is cleared and the clock signal on CLKOUT restarted after a 0.5 ms delay.  
The timing of the CLKOUT signal at ‘suspend’ and ‘resume’ is given in Figure 48.  
GOSUSP  
D_WAKEUP  
1.8 to 2.2 ms  
0.5 ms  
D_SUSPEND  
CLKOUT  
PLL circuit stable  
3 to 4 ms  
004aaa038  
If enabled, the 100 ± 50 % kHz LazyClock frequency will be output on pin CLKOUT during ‘suspend’ state.  
Fig 48. CLKOUT signal timing at ‘suspend’ and ‘resume’ for DC.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
110 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
16. Limiting values  
Table 110: Absolute maximum ratings  
In accordance with the Absolute Maximum Rating System (IEC 60134).  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
-
Max  
+6.0  
+4.6  
+6.0  
100  
Unit  
V
VCC(5V)  
supply voltage to VCC pin  
VCC(3.3V) supply voltage to Vreg(3.3) pin  
V
VI  
input voltage  
V
Ilu  
latch-up current  
VI < 0 or VI > VCC  
mA  
V
[1]  
Vesd  
Tstg  
electrostatic discharge voltage  
storage temperature  
ILI < 1 µA  
-
±2000  
+150  
60  
°C  
[1] Equivalent to discharging a 100 pF capacitor via a 1.5 kresistor (Human Body Model).  
Table 111: Recommended operating conditions  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
4.0  
3.0  
0
Typ  
Max  
5.5  
Unit  
VCC  
supply voltage  
with internal regulator  
internal regulator bypass  
5.0  
V
3.3  
3.6  
5.5[1]  
V
VI  
input voltage  
VCC  
V
VI(A I/O)  
VO(od)  
Tamb  
input voltage on analog I/O pins (D+ / D)  
open-drain output pull-up voltage  
ambient temperature  
0
-
-
-
3.6  
V
0
VCC  
+85  
V
40  
°C  
[1] 5 V tolerant.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
111 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
17. Static characteristics  
Table 112: Static characteristics; supply pins  
VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V or 4.0 V to 5.5 V; VGND = 0 V; Tamb = 40 °C to +85 °C; unless otherwise specified.  
Symbol  
VCC = 5 V  
Vreg(3.3)  
ICC  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
internal regulator output  
operating supply current  
suspend supply current  
3.0[1]  
3.3  
47  
40  
22  
18  
3.6  
V
-
-
-
-
-
mA  
µA  
mA  
mA  
ICC(susp)  
ICC(HC)  
ICC(DC)  
VCC = 3.3 V  
ICC  
500  
operating supply current for HC DC is suspended  
operating supply current for DC HC is suspended  
-
-
operating supply current  
-
-
-
-
50  
-
mA  
µA  
ICC(susp)  
ICC(HC)  
ICC(DC)  
suspend supply current  
150  
22  
500  
operating supply current for HC DC is suspended  
operating supply current for DC HC is suspended  
-
-
mA  
mA  
18  
[1] In ‘suspend’ mode, the minimum voltage is 2.7 V.  
Table 113: Static characteristics: digital pins  
VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V or 4.0 V to 5.5 V; VGND = 0 V; Tamb = 40 °C to +85 °C; unless otherwise specified.  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Vtrip  
overcurrent detection trip  
voltage  
75  
mV  
Input levels  
VIL  
VIH  
LOW-level input voltage  
HIGH-level input voltage  
-
-
-
0.8  
-
V
V
2.0  
Schmitt trigger inputs  
Vth(LH) positive-going threshold  
1.4  
0.9  
0.4  
-
-
-
1.9  
1.5  
0.7  
V
V
V
voltage  
Vth(HL)  
negative-going threshold  
voltage  
Vhys  
hysteresis voltage  
Output levels  
VOL  
LOW-level output voltage  
HIGH-level output voltage  
IOL = 4 mA  
IOL = 20 µA  
IOH = 4 mA  
IOH = 20 µA  
-
-
-
-
-
0.4  
0.1  
-
V
V
V
V
-
[1]  
VOH  
2.4  
V
reg(3.3) 0.1  
-
Leakage current  
ILI  
input leakage current  
pin capacitance  
5[2]  
-
-
+5[2]  
µA  
CIN  
pin to GND  
-
5
pF  
Open-drain outputs  
IOZ  
OFF-state output current  
-
-
±5  
µA  
[1] Not applicable for open-drain outputs.  
[2] This value is applicable to transistor input only. The value will be different if internal pull-up or pull-down resistors are used.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
112 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 114: Static characteristics: analog I/O pins (D+, D)  
VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V or 4.0 V to 5.5 V; VGND = 0 V; Tamb = 40 °C to +85 °C; unless otherwise specified.  
Symbol  
Input levels  
VDI  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
[1]  
differential input sensitivity  
|VI(D+) VI(D)  
|
0.2  
0.8  
-
-
-
V
V
VCM  
differential common mode  
voltage  
includes VDI range  
2.5  
VIL  
LOW-level input voltage  
HIGH-level input voltage  
-
-
-
0.8  
-
V
V
VIH  
2.0  
Output levels  
VOL  
VOH  
LOW-level output voltage  
HIGH-level output voltage  
RL = 1.5 kto 3.6 V  
RL = 15 kto GND  
-
-
-
0.3  
3.6  
V
V
2.8  
Leakage current  
ILZ  
OFF-state leakage current  
-
-
-
-
±10  
10  
µA  
pF  
kΩ  
Capacitance  
CIN  
transceiver capacitance  
pin to GND  
-
Resistance  
RPD  
pull-down resistance on HC’s  
DP/DM  
enable internal  
resistors  
10  
20  
RPU  
pull-up resistance on D_DP  
driver output impedance  
input impedance  
SoftConnect = ON  
steady-state drive  
1
-
-
-
2
kΩ  
[2]  
ZDRV  
29  
10  
44  
-
ZINP  
MΩ  
Termination  
VTERM  
termination voltage for  
3.0[3]  
-
3.6  
V
upstream port pull-up (RPU  
)
[1] D+ is the USB positive data pin; Dis the USB negative data pin.  
[2] Includes external resistors of 18 Ω ± 1 % on both H_D+ and H_D.  
[3] In ‘suspend mode’, the minimum voltage is 2.7 V.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
113 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18. Dynamic characteristics  
Table 115: Dynamic characteristics  
VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V or 4.0 V to 5.5 V; VGND = 0 V; Tamb = 40 °C to +85 °C; unless otherwise specified.  
Symbol  
Reset  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tW(RESET)  
pulse width on input RESET  
crystal oscillator running  
160  
-
-
-
-
µs  
[1]  
crystal oscillator  
stopped  
ms  
Crystal oscillator  
fXTAL crystal frequency  
RS  
-
-
-
6
-
MHz  
series resistance  
load capacitance  
-
100  
-
CLOAD  
18  
pF  
External clock input  
tJ  
external clock jitter  
-
-
500  
55  
3
ps  
%
tDUTY  
tCR, tCF  
clock duty cycle  
45  
-
50  
-
rise time and fall time  
ns  
[1] Dependent on the crystal oscillator start-up time.  
Table 116: Dynamic characteristics: analog I/O pins (D+, D)[1]  
VCC = 3.0 V to 3.6 V or 4.0 V to 5.5 V; VGND = 0 V; Tamb = 40 °C to +85 °C; CL = 50 pF; RPU = 1.5 kΩ ± 5 % on D+ to VTERM  
;
unless otherwise specified.  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Driver characteristics  
tFR  
rise time  
CL = 50 pF;  
4
-
20  
ns  
10 % to 90 % of  
|VOH VOL  
|
tFF  
fall time  
CL = 50 pF;  
4
-
20  
ns  
90 % to 10 % of  
|VOH VOL  
|
[2]  
FRFM  
VCRS  
differential rise/fall time  
90  
-
-
111.11  
2.0  
%
V
matching (tFR/tFF  
)
[2][3]  
output signal crossover voltage  
1.3  
[1] Test circuit; see Figure 64.  
[2] Excluding the first transition from Idle state.  
[3] Characterized only, not tested. Limits guaranteed by design.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
114 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.1 Programmed I/O timing  
If you are accessing only the HC, then the HC Programmed I/O timing applies.  
If you are accessing only the DC, then the DC Programmed I/O timing applies.  
If you are accessing both the HC and the DC, then the DC Programmed I/O timing  
applies.  
18.1.1 HC Programmed I/O timing  
Table 117: Dynamic characteristics: HC Programmed interface timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tAS  
address set-up time before WR  
HIGH  
5
-
-
ns  
tAH  
address hold time after WR HIGH  
8
-
-
ns  
Read timing  
tSHSL  
first RD/WR after A0 HIGH  
CS LOW to RD LOW  
RD HIGH to CS HIGH  
RD LOW pulse width  
RD HIGH to next RD LOW  
RD cycle time  
300  
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tSLRL  
-
tRHSH  
tRLRH  
tRHRL  
TRC  
tRHDZ  
tRLDV  
0
-
33  
110  
143  
3
-
-
-
RD data hold time  
22  
32  
RD LOW to data valid  
-
Write timing  
tWL  
WR LOW pulse width  
WR HIGH to next WR LOW  
WR cycle time  
26  
110  
136  
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tWHWL  
TWC  
tSLWL  
CS LOW to WR LOW  
WR HIGH to CS HIGH  
WR data set-up time  
WR data hold time  
tWHSH  
tWDSU  
tWDH  
0
5
8
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
115 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
CS  
A0  
t
t
SLWL  
SLRL  
t
SHSL  
t
RLRH  
t
t
WHSH  
RHSH  
t
RHRL  
T
RC  
RD  
t
RLDV  
t
RHDZ  
[
]
D 15:0  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
t
AS  
t
WHWL  
t
t
T
WC  
AH  
WL  
WR  
t
t
WDH  
WDSU  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
data  
valid  
[
]
D 15:0  
MGT969  
Fig 49. HC Programmed interface timing.  
18.1.2 DC Programmed I/O timing  
Table 118: Dynamic characteristics: DC Programmed interface timing  
Symbol Parameter Conditions  
Read timing (see Figure 50)  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tRHAX  
tAVRL  
tSHDZ  
address hold time after RD HIGH  
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
address set-up time before RD LOW  
-
data outputs high-impedance time after CS  
HIGH  
3
tRHSH  
chip deselect after RD HIGH  
RD pulse width  
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tRLRH  
25  
-
-
tRLDV  
data valid time after RD LOW  
CS HIGH until next ISP1161A RD  
read cycle time  
22  
-
tSHRL  
120  
180  
tSHRL + tRLRH  
-
Write timing (see Figure 51)  
tWHAX  
address hold time after WR HIGH  
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tAVWL  
address set-up time before WR LOW  
CS HIGH until next ISP1161A WR  
write cycle time  
0
tSHWL  
120  
180  
22  
tSHWL + tWLWH  
tWLWH  
WR pulse width  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
116 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Table 118: Dynamic characteristics: DC Programmed interface timing…continued  
Symbol  
tWHSH  
tDVWH  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
0
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
chip deselect time after WR HIGH  
data set-up time before WR HIGH  
data hold time after WR HIGH  
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
ns  
tWHDZ  
3
ns  
t
RHAX  
A0  
t
AVRL  
t
SHDZ  
CS/DACK2(2)  
(1)  
t
t
SHRL  
RLRH  
RD  
t
RHSH  
t
RLDV  
D[15:0]  
004aaa105  
(1) For tSHRL both CS and RD must be de-asserted.  
(2) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 50. DC Programmed interface read timing (I/O and 8237 compatible DMA).  
t
WHAX  
A0  
t
AVWL  
CS/DACK2(2)  
t
WLWH  
(1)  
t
SHWL  
t
WHSH  
WR  
t
t
DVWH  
WHDZ  
D[15:0]  
004aaa106  
(1) For tSHWL both CS and WR must be de-asserted.  
(2) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 51. DC Programmed interface write timing (I/O and 8237 compatible DMA).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
117 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.2 DMA timing  
18.2.1 HC single-cycle DMA timing  
Table 119: Dynamic characteristics: HC single-cycle DMA timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Read/write timing  
tRLRH  
tRLDV  
tRHDZ  
tWSU  
tWHD  
tAHRH  
tALRL  
TDC  
RD pulse width  
33  
26  
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
read process data set-up time  
read process data hold time  
write process data set-up time  
write process data hold time  
DACK1 HIGH to DREQ1 HIGH  
DACK1 LOW to DREQ1 LOW  
DREQ1 cycle  
-
20  
-
5
0
-
72  
-
-
21  
-
[1]  
tSHAH  
tRHAL  
tDS  
RD/WR HIGH to DACK1 HIGH  
DREQ1 HIGH to DACK1 LOW  
DREQ1 pulse spacing  
0
-
0
-
146  
-
[1] tRHAL + tDS +tALRL  
.
T
DC  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
t
DS  
t
ALRL  
t
SHAH  
t
RHAL  
t
AHRH  
t
t
RHDZ  
RLDV  
[
]
]
D 15:0  
data  
valid  
(read)  
[
D 15:0  
data  
valid  
(write)  
t
WSU  
RD or WR  
004aaa107  
t
WHD  
Fig 52. HC single-cycle DMA timing.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
118 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.2.2 HC burst mode DMA timing  
Table 120: Dynamic characteristics: HC burst mode DMA timing  
Symbol Parameter Conditions  
Read/write timing (for 4-cycle and 8-cycle burst mode)  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tRLRH  
tRHRL  
TRC  
WR/RD LOW pulse width  
WR/RD HIGH to next WR/RD LOW  
WR/RD cycle  
42  
60  
102  
22  
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
-
-
tSLRL  
tSHAH  
tSLAL  
TDC  
RD/WR LOW to DREQ1 LOW  
RD/WR HIGH to DACK1 HIGH  
DREQ1 HIGH to DACK1 LOW  
DREQ1 cycle  
64  
-
0
[1]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
tDS(read) DREQ1 pulse spacing (read)  
4-cycle burst mode  
8-cycle burst mode  
4-cycle burst mode  
8-cycle burst mode  
105  
150  
72  
tDS(write) DREQ1 pulse spacing (write)  
167  
0
tRLIS  
RD/WR LOW to EOT LOW  
[1] tSLAL + (4 or 8)tRC + tDS  
.
t
DS  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
t
t
RHSH  
SLRL  
t
RHAL  
t
t
SHAH  
RHRL  
RD or WR  
004aaa108  
T
RC  
t
RLRH  
Fig 53. HC burst mode DMA timing.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
119 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.2.3 External EOT timing for HC single-cycle DMA  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
RD or WR  
EOT  
004aaa109  
t
> 0 ns  
RLIS  
Fig 54. External EOT timing for HC single-cycle DMA.  
18.2.4 External EOT timing for HC burst mode DMA  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
RD or WR  
EOT  
004aaa110  
t
> 0 ns  
RLIS  
Fig 55. External EOT timing for HC burst mode DMA.  
18.2.5 DC single-cycle DMA timing (8237 mode)  
Table 121: Dynamic characteristics: DC single-cycle DMA timing (8237 mode)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
-
Typ  
Max  
40  
-
Unit  
ns  
tASRP  
DREQ2 off after DACK2 on  
-
-
Tcy(DREQ2) cycle time signal DREQ2  
180  
ns  
T
RC  
t
ASRP  
DREQ2  
DACK2(1)  
004aaa111  
(1) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 56. DC single-cycle DMA timing (8237 mode).  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
120 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.2.6 DC single-cycle DMA read timing in DACK-only mode  
Table 122: Dynamic characteristics: DC single-cycle DMA read timing in DACK-only mode  
Symbol  
tASRP  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
40  
-
Unit  
ns  
DREQ off after DACK on  
DACK pulse width  
-
-
-
-
-
-
tASAP  
25  
ns  
tASAP + tAPRS DREQ on after DACK off  
180  
-
ns  
tASDV  
tAPDZ  
data valid after DACK on  
data hold after DACK off  
-
-
22  
3
ns  
ns  
t
t
APRS  
ASRP  
DREQ2  
t
ASAP  
DACK2(1)  
t
t
APDZ  
ASDV  
DATA  
004aaa112  
(1) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 57. DC single-cycle DMA read timing in DACK-only mode.  
18.2.7 DC single-cycle DMA write timing in DACK-only mode  
Table 123: Dynamic characteristics: DC single-cycle DMA write timing in DACK-only mode  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
-
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
tASRP  
DREQ2 off after DACK2 on  
-
-
-
-
40  
-
tASAP + tAPRS DREQ2 on after DACK2 off  
180  
5
ns  
tDVAP  
tAPDZ  
data setup before DACK2 off  
data hold after DACK2 off  
-
ns  
3
-
ns  
t
ASAP  
t
t
APRS  
ASRP  
DREQ2  
t
t
ASDV  
APDZ  
(1)  
DACK2  
DATA  
004aaa113  
(1) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 58. DC single-cycle DMA write timing in DACK-only mode.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
121 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
18.2.8 EOT timing in DC single-cycle DMA  
Table 124: Dynamic characteristics: EOT timing in DC single-cycle DMA  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tRSIH  
input RD/WR HIGH after DREQ  
on  
22  
-
-
ns  
tIHAP  
tEOT  
DACK off after input RD/WR  
HIGH  
0
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
EOT pulse width  
EOT on;  
22  
DACK on; RD/WR  
LOW  
tRLIS  
tWLIS  
input EOT on after RD LOW  
input EOT on after WR LOW  
-
-
-
89  
89  
ns  
ns  
t
RSIH  
DREQ2  
t
t
IHAP  
ASRP  
(1)  
DACK2 (4)  
RD/WR  
(2)  
t
RLIS  
t
EOT  
(3)  
t
WLIS  
EOT (4)  
004aaa114  
(1) tASRP starts from DACK or RD/WR going LOW, whichever occurs later.  
(2) The RD/WR signals are not used in DACK-only DMA mode.  
(3) The EOT condition is considered valid if DACK, RD/WR and EOT are all active (= LOW).  
(4) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 59. EOT timing in DC single-cycle DMA.  
18.2.9 DC burst mode DMA timing  
Table 125: Dynamic characteristics: DC burst mode DMA timing  
Symbol  
tRSIH  
tILRP  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
22  
-
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
input RD/WR HIGH after DREQ on  
DREQ off after input RD/WR LOW  
DACK off after input RD/WR HIGH  
-
-
-
-
-
60  
-
ns  
tIHAP  
0
ns  
tIHIL  
DMA burst repeat interval (input  
RD/WR HIGH to LOW)  
180  
-
ns  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
122 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
t
t
RSIH  
ILRP  
DREQ2  
t
IHAP  
(1)  
DACK2  
t
IHIL  
RD or WR  
004aaa115  
(1) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 60. DC burst mode DMA timing.  
18.2.10 EOT timing in DC burst mode DMA  
Table 126: Dynamic characteristics: EOT timing in DC burst mode DMA  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tEOT  
EOT pulse width  
EOT on;  
22  
-
-
ns  
DACK on;  
RD/WR LOW  
tISRP  
tRLIS  
tWLIS  
DREQ off after input EOT on  
input EOT on after RD LOW  
input EOT on after WR LOW  
-
-
-
-
-
-
40  
89  
89  
ns  
ns  
ns  
t
ISRP  
DREQ2  
DACK2(2)  
t
RLIS  
t
WLIS  
RD/WR  
EOT(2)  
(1)  
t
EOT  
004aaa116  
(1) The EOT condition is considered valid if DACK2, RD/WR and EOT are all active (= LOW).  
(2) Programmable polarity: shown as active LOW.  
Fig 61. EOT timing in DC burst mode DMA.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
123 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
19. Application information  
19.1 Typical interface circuit  
V
+
+
3.3 V  
+
+
+
5 V  
5 V  
5 V 3.3 V  
DD  
(1)  
MOSFET (2×)  
SH7709  
ISP1161A  
Vbus_DN2 Vbus_DN1  
FB1  
V
CC  
[
]
[
]
D 15:0  
D 15:0  
+
+
3.3 V  
5 V  
H_OC1  
H_OC2  
H_PSW2  
H_PSW1  
A1  
A2  
A0  
A1  
22 Ω  
(2×)  
USB  
downstream  
port #1  
CS5  
RD  
RD/WR  
CS  
RD  
WR  
H_DM1  
H_DP1  
H_DM2  
H_DP2  
47 pF  
(2×)  
DREQ0  
DACK0  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
DREQ1  
DACK1  
DREQ2  
DACK2  
EOT  
FB2  
D_DM  
D_DP  
V
+
reg  
3.3 V  
+
5 V  
FB3  
V
reg(3.3)  
22 Ω  
(2×)  
USB  
downstream  
port #2  
CLKOUT  
EXTAL  
XTAL  
IRQ2  
IRQ3  
INT1  
INT2  
V
DD  
V
V
hold1  
hold2  
V
DD  
PTC0  
PTC1  
PTC2  
PTC3  
H_WAKEUP  
H_SUSPEND  
D_WAKEUP  
D_SUSPEND  
47 pF  
(2×)  
LED  
FB4  
(2)  
470 Ω  
NDP_SEL  
GL  
EXTAL2  
XTAL2  
GND  
Vbus_UP  
FB5  
RSTOUT  
RESET  
32  
kHz  
D_VBUS  
CLKOUT  
XTAL2  
XTAL1  
V
reg  
CLKOUT  
6 MHz  
USB  
upstream  
port  
22 Ω  
(2×)  
1.5 kΩ  
7
FB6  
DGND  
AGND  
22 pF  
22 pF  
47 pF  
(2×)  
004aaa100  
(1) For MOSFET, RDSon = 150 m.  
(2) 470 assuming that VCC is 5.0 V.  
Fig 62. Typical interface circuit to Hitachi SH-3 (SH7709) RISC processor.  
19.2 Interfacing a ISP1161A with a SH7709 RISC processor  
This section shows a typical interface circuit between ISP1161A and a RISC  
processor. The Hitachi SH-3 series RISC processor SH7709 is used as the example.  
The main ISP1161A signals to be taken into consideration for connecting to a  
SH7709 RISC processor are:  
A 16-bit data bus: D15-D0 for ISP1161A. ISP1161A is ‘little endian’ compatible.  
Two address lines A1 and A0 are needed for a complete addressing of the  
ISP1161A internal registers:  
A1 = 0 and A0 = 0 will select the Data Port of the Host Controller  
A1 = 0 and A0 = 1 will select the Command Port of the Host Controller  
A1 = 1 and A0 = 0 will select the Data Port of the Device Controller  
A1 = 1 and A0 = 1 will select the Command Port of the Device Controller  
The CS line is used for chip selection of ISP1161A in a certain address range of  
the RISC system. This signal is active LOW.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
124 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
RD and WR are common read and write signals. These signals are active LOW.  
There are two DMA channel standard control lines:  
DREQ1 and DACK1  
DREQ2 and DACK2  
(in each case one channel is used by the HC and the other channel is used by the  
DC). These signals have programmable active levels.  
Two interrupt lines: INT1 (used by the host controller) and INT2 (used by the  
device controller). Both have programmable level/edge and polarity (active HIGH  
or LOW).  
The internal 15 kpull-down resistors are used for the HC’s two USB downstream  
ports.  
The RESET signal is active LOW.  
Remark: SH7709’s system clock input is for reference only. Please refer to SH7709’s  
specification for its actual use.  
ISP1161A can work under either 3.3 V or 5.0 V power supply; however, its internal  
core actually works at 3.3 V. When using 3.3 V as the power supply input, the internal  
DC/DC regulator will be bypassed. It is best to connect all four power supply pins  
(VCC, Vreg(3.3), Vhold1 and Vhold2) to the 3.3 V power supply (for more information see  
Section 14). All of the ISP1161A’s I/O pins are 5 V tolerant. This feature allows the  
ISP1161A the flexibility to be used in an embedded system under either a 3.3 V or a  
5 V power supply.  
A typical SH7709 interface circuit is shown in Figure 62.  
19.3 Typical software model  
This section shows a typical software requirement for an embedded system that  
incorporates ISP1161A. The software model for a digital still camera (DSC) is used  
as the example for illustration (as shown in Figure 63). Two components of system  
software are required to make full use of the features in ISP1161A: the host stack and  
the device stack. The device stack provides API directly to the application task for  
device function; the host stack provides API for Class driver and device driver, both of  
which provide API for application tasks for host function.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
125 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Application  
layer  
MECHANISM CONTROL TASK  
IMAGE PROCESSING TASKS  
FILE MANAGEMENT  
PRINTER UI/CONTROL  
FILE TRANSFER  
OS  
DEVICE DRIVERS  
Class  
driver  
PC  
MASS STORAGE CLASS DRIVER  
PRINTING CLASS DRIVER  
USB  
host/device  
stack  
HOST STACK  
DEVICE STACK  
ISP1161A HAL  
USB Upstream  
Printer  
RISC  
ROM  
RAM  
ISP1161A  
LEN  
CONTROL  
Flash card  
Reader/  
Writer  
USB Downstream  
004aaa101  
Digital Still Camera  
Fig 63. ISP1161A software model for DSC application.  
20. Test information  
The dynamic characteristics of the analog I/O ports (D+ and D−) as listed in  
Table 116 were determined using the circuit shown in Figure 64.  
test point  
22 Ω  
D.U.T.  
C
L
50 pF  
15 kΩ  
MGT967  
Load capacitance:  
CL = 50 pF (full-speed mode).  
Speed:  
full-speed mode only: internal 1.5 kpull-up resistor on D_DP.  
Fig 64. Load impedance for D_DP and D_DM pins.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
126 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
21. Package outline  
LQFP64: plastic low profile quad flat package; 64 leads; body 10 x 10 x 1.4 mm  
SOT314-2  
y
X
A
48  
33  
Z
49  
32  
E
e
H
A
E
2
E
A
(A )  
3
A
1
w M  
p
θ
b
L
p
pin 1 index  
L
64  
17  
detail X  
1
16  
Z
v
M
A
D
e
w M  
b
p
D
B
H
v
M
B
D
0
2.5  
5 mm  
scale  
DIMENSIONS (mm are the original dimensions)  
A
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
UNIT  
A
A
A
b
c
D
E
e
H
H
L
L
v
w
y
Z
Z
E
θ
1
2
3
p
D
E
p
D
max.  
7o  
0o  
0.20 1.45  
0.05 1.35  
0.27 0.18 10.1 10.1  
0.17 0.12 9.9 9.9  
12.15 12.15  
11.85 11.85  
0.75  
0.45  
1.45 1.45  
1.05 1.05  
1.6  
mm  
0.25  
0.5  
1
0.2 0.12 0.1  
Note  
1. Plastic or metal protrusions of 0.25 mm maximum per side are not included.  
REFERENCES  
OUTLINE  
EUROPEAN  
PROJECTION  
ISSUE DATE  
VERSION  
IEC  
JEDEC  
JEITA  
00-01-19  
03-02-25  
SOT314-2  
136E10  
MS-026  
Fig 65. LQFP64 (SOT314-2) package outline.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
127 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
LQFP64: plastic low profile quad flat package; 64 leads; body 7 x 7 x 1.4 mm  
SOT414-1  
y
X
A
48  
33  
49  
32  
Z
E
e
A
2
A
H
E
E
(A )  
3
A
1
w M  
p
θ
b
pin 1 index  
L
p
L
64  
17  
detail X  
1
16  
Z
v
M
A
D
e
w M  
b
p
D
B
H
v
M
B
D
0
2.5  
scale  
5 mm  
DIMENSIONS (mm are the original dimensions)  
A
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
UNIT  
A
A
A
b
c
D
E
e
H
D
H
L
L
v
w
y
Z
Z
θ
1
2
3
p
E
p
D
E
max.  
7o  
0o  
0.15 1.45  
0.05 1.35  
0.23 0.20 7.1  
0.13 0.09 6.9  
7.1  
6.9  
9.15 9.15  
8.85 8.85  
0.75  
0.45  
0.64 0.64  
0.36 0.36  
1.6  
mm  
0.25  
0.4  
1
0.2 0.08 0.08  
Note  
1. Plastic or metal protrusions of 0.25 mm maximum per side are not included.  
REFERENCES  
OUTLINE  
EUROPEAN  
PROJECTION  
ISSUE DATE  
VERSION  
IEC  
JEDEC  
JEITA  
00-01-19  
03-02-20  
SOT414-1  
136E06  
MS-026  
Fig 66. LQFP64 (SOT414-1) package outline.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
128 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
22. Soldering  
22.1 Introduction to soldering surface mount packages  
This text gives a very brief insight to a complex technology. A more in-depth account  
of soldering ICs can be found in our Data Handbook IC26; Integrated Circuit  
Packages (document order number 9398 652 90011).  
There is no soldering method that is ideal for all surface mount IC packages. Wave  
soldering can still be used for certain surface mount ICs, but it is not suitable for fine  
pitch SMDs. In these situations reflow soldering is recommended. In these situations  
reflow soldering is recommended.  
22.2 Reflow soldering  
Reflow soldering requires solder paste (a suspension of fine solder particles, flux and  
binding agent) to be applied to the printed-circuit board by screen printing, stencilling  
or pressure-syringe dispensing before package placement. Driven by legislation and  
environmental forces the worldwide use of lead-free solder pastes is increasing.  
Several methods exist for reflowing; for example, convection or convection/infrared  
heating in a conveyor type oven. Throughput times (preheating, soldering and  
cooling) vary between 100 and 200 seconds depending on heating method.  
Typical reflow peak temperatures range from 215 to 270 °C depending on solder  
paste material. The top-surface temperature of the packages should preferably be  
kept:  
below 225 °C (SnPb process) or below 245 °C (Pb-free process)  
for all BGA, HTSSON..T and SSOP..T packages  
for packages with a thickness 2.5 mm  
for packages with a thickness < 2.5 mm and a volume 350 mm3 so called  
thick/large packages.  
below 240 °C (SnPb process) or below 260 °C (Pb-free process) for packages with  
a thickness < 2.5 mm and a volume < 350 mm3 so called small/thin packages.  
Moisture sensitivity precautions, as indicated on packing, must be respected at all  
times.  
22.3 Wave soldering  
Conventional single wave soldering is not recommended for surface mount devices  
(SMDs) or printed-circuit boards with a high component density, as solder bridging  
and non-wetting can present major problems.  
To overcome these problems the double-wave soldering method was specifically  
developed.  
If wave soldering is used the following conditions must be observed for optimal  
results:  
Use a double-wave soldering method comprising a turbulent wave with high  
upward pressure followed by a smooth laminar wave.  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
9397 750 13962  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
129 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
For packages with leads on two sides and a pitch (e):  
larger than or equal to 1.27 mm, the footprint longitudinal axis is preferred to be  
parallel to the transport direction of the printed-circuit board;  
smaller than 1.27 mm, the footprint longitudinal axis must be parallel to the  
transport direction of the printed-circuit board.  
The footprint must incorporate solder thieves at the downstream end.  
For packages with leads on four sides, the footprint must be placed at a 45° angle  
to the transport direction of the printed-circuit board. The footprint must  
incorporate solder thieves downstream and at the side corners.  
During placement and before soldering, the package must be fixed with a droplet of  
adhesive. The adhesive can be applied by screen printing, pin transfer or syringe  
dispensing. The package can be soldered after the adhesive is cured.  
Typical dwell time of the leads in the wave ranges from 3 to 4 seconds at 250 °C or  
265 °C, depending on solder material applied, SnPb or Pb-free respectively.  
A mildly-activated flux will eliminate the need for removal of corrosive residues in  
most applications.  
22.4 Manual soldering  
Fix the component by first soldering two diagonally-opposite end leads. Use a low  
voltage (24 V or less) soldering iron applied to the flat part of the lead. Contact time  
must be limited to 10 seconds at up to 300 °C.  
When using a dedicated tool, all other leads can be soldered in one operation within  
2 to 5 seconds between 270 and 320 °C.  
22.5 Package related soldering information  
Table 127: Suitability of surface mount IC packages for wave and reflow soldering  
methods  
Package[1]  
Soldering method  
Wave  
Reflow[2]  
BGA, HTSSON..T[3], LBGA, LFBGA, SQFP,  
SSOP..T[3], TFBGA, USON, VFBGA  
not suitable  
suitable  
DHVQFN, HBCC, HBGA, HLQFP, HSO, HSOP, not suitable[4]  
HSQFP, HSSON, HTQFP, HTSSOP, HVQFN,  
HVSON, SMS  
suitable  
PLCC[5], SO, SOJ  
suitable  
suitable  
LQFP, QFP, TQFP  
not recommended[5][6]  
not recommended[7]  
not suitable  
suitable  
SSOP, TSSOP, VSO, VSSOP  
CWQCCN..L[8], PMFP[9], WQCCN..L[8]  
suitable  
not suitable  
[1] For more detailed information on the BGA packages refer to the (LF)BGA Application Note  
(AN01026); order a copy from your Philips Semiconductors sales office.  
[2] All surface mount (SMD) packages are moisture sensitive. Depending upon the moisture content, the  
maximum temperature (with respect to time) and body size of the package, there is a risk that internal  
or external package cracks may occur due to vaporization of the moisture in them (the so called  
popcorn effect). For details, refer to the Drypack information in the Data Handbook IC26; Integrated  
Circuit Packages; Section: Packing Methods.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
130 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
[3] These transparent plastic packages are extremely sensitive to reflow soldering conditions and must  
on no account be processed through more than one soldering cycle or subjected to infrared reflow  
soldering with peak temperature exceeding 217 °C ± 10 °C measured in the atmosphere of the reflow  
oven. The package body peak temperature must be kept as low as possible.  
[4] These packages are not suitable for wave soldering. On versions with the heatsink on the bottom  
side, the solder cannot penetrate between the printed-circuit board and the heatsink. On versions with  
the heatsink on the top side, the solder might be deposited on the heatsink surface.  
[5] If wave soldering is considered, then the package must be placed at a 45° angle to the solder wave  
direction. The package footprint must incorporate solder thieves downstream and at the side corners.  
[6] Wave soldering is suitable for LQFP, QFP and TQFP packages with a pitch (e) larger than 0.8 mm; it  
is definitely not suitable for packages with a pitch (e) equal to or smaller than 0.65 mm.  
[7] Wave soldering is suitable for SSOP, TSSOP, VSO and VSOP packages with a pitch (e) equal to or  
larger than 0.65 mm; it is definitely not suitable for packages with a pitch (e) equal to or smaller than  
0.5 mm.  
[8] Image sensor packages in principle should not be soldered. They are mounted in sockets or delivered  
pre-mounted on flex foil. However, the image sensor package can be mounted by the client on a flex  
foil by using a hot bar soldering process. The appropriate soldering profile can be provided on  
request.  
[9] Hot bar soldering or manual soldering is suitable for PMFP packages.  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
131 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
23. Revision history  
Table 128: Revision history  
Rev Date  
CPCN  
Description  
03 20041223 200412020 Product data (9397 750 13962)  
Modifications:  
Section 9.4.1 “Partitions”: removed the last list item under “Examples of legal uses of  
the internal FIFO buffer RAM”  
Section 9.8.1 “Using an internal OC detection circuit”: fourth paragraph, second  
sentence, changed source to drain and drain to source  
Section 11.4 “Suspend and resume”: updated the entire section  
Removed Section 18.1 “Timing symbols”  
Table 118 “Dynamic characteristics: DC Programmed interface timing”: changed the  
min value of tRHAX from 3 ns to 0 ns and tWHAX from 3 ns to 1 ns, and added tSHRL and  
tSHWL  
.
02 20030324  
01 20020802  
-
-
Product data (9397 750 10772)  
Product data (9397 750 09568)  
9397 750 13962  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
132 of 134  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
24. Data sheet status  
Level Data sheet status[1]  
Product status[2][3]  
Definition  
I
Objective data  
Development  
This data sheet contains data from the objective specification for product development. Philips  
Semiconductors reserves the right to change the specification in any manner without notice.  
II  
Preliminary data  
Qualification  
This data sheet contains data from the preliminary specification. Supplementary data will be published  
at a later date. Philips Semiconductors reserves the right to change the specification without notice, in  
order to improve the design and supply the best possible product.  
III  
Product data  
Production  
This data sheet contains data from the product specification. Philips Semiconductors reserves the  
right to make changes at any time in order to improve the design, manufacturing and supply. Relevant  
changes will be communicated via a Customer Product/Process Change Notification (CPCN).  
[1]  
[2]  
Please consult the most recently issued data sheet before initiating or completing a design.  
The product status of the device(s) described in this data sheet may have changed since this data sheet was published. The latest information is available on the Internet at  
URL http://www.semiconductors.philips.com.  
[3]  
For data sheets describing multiple type numbers, the highest-level product status determines the data sheet status.  
customers using or selling these products for use in such applications do so  
at their own risk and agree to fully indemnify Philips Semiconductors for any  
damages resulting from such application.  
25. Definitions  
Short-form specification The data in a short-form specification is  
extracted from a full data sheet with the same type number and title. For  
detailed information see the relevant data sheet or data handbook.  
Right to make changes — Philips Semiconductors reserves the right to  
make changes in the products - including circuits, standard cells, and/or  
software - described or contained herein in order to improve design and/or  
performance. When the product is in full production (status ‘Production’),  
relevant changes will be communicated via a Customer Product/Process  
Change Notification (CPCN). Philips Semiconductors assumes no  
responsibility or liability for the use of any of these products, conveys no  
licence or title under any patent, copyright, or mask work right to these  
products, and makes no representations or warranties that these products are  
free from patent, copyright, or mask work right infringement, unless otherwise  
specified.  
Limiting values definition Limiting values given are in accordance with  
the Absolute Maximum Rating System (IEC 60134). Stress above one or  
more of the limiting values may cause permanent damage to the device.  
These are stress ratings only and operation of the device at these or at any  
other conditions above those given in the Characteristics sections of the  
specification is not implied. Exposure to limiting values for extended periods  
may affect device reliability.  
Application information Applications that are described herein for any  
of these products are for illustrative purposes only. Philips Semiconductors  
make no representation or warranty that such applications will be suitable for  
the specified use without further testing or modification.  
27. Trademarks  
ARM7 and ARM9 are trademarks of ARM Ltd.  
26. Disclaimers  
GoodLink — is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.  
Hitachi — is a registered trademark of Hitachi Ltd.  
MIPS-based — is a trademark of MIPS Technologies, Inc.  
SoftConnect — is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.  
StrongARM — is a registered trademark of ARM Ltd.  
SuperH — is a trademark of Hitachi Ltd.  
Life support — These products are not designed for use in life support  
appliances, devices, or systems where malfunction of these products can  
reasonably be expected to result in personal injury. Philips Semiconductors  
Contact information  
For additional information, please visit http://www.semiconductors.philips.com.  
For sales office addresses, send e-mail to: sales.addresses@www.semiconductors.philips.com.  
Fax: +31 40 27 24825  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004. All rights reserved.  
133 of 134  
9397 750 13962  
Product data  
Rev. 03 — 23 December 2004  
ISP1161A  
Full-speed USB single-chip host and device controller  
Philips Semiconductors  
Contents  
1
2
3
4
5
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
12.3  
12.4  
DACK-only mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
End-Of-Transfer conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88  
13  
DC commands and registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Initialization commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92  
Data flow commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99  
General commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103  
13.1  
13.2  
13.3  
6
6.1  
6.2  
Pinning information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
14  
15  
16  
17  
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108  
Crystal oscillator and LazyClock. . . . . . . . . 109  
Limiting values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111  
Static characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112  
7
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
PLL clock multiplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Bit clock recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Analog transceivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Philips Serial Interface Engine (SIE). . . . . . . . 11  
SoftConnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
GoodLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
7.1  
7.2  
7.3  
7.4  
7.5  
7.6  
18  
18.1  
18.2  
Dynamic characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114  
Programmed I/O timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115  
DMA timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118  
19  
19.1  
19.2  
Application information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124  
Typical interface circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124  
Interfacing a ISP1161A with a SH7709  
RISC processor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124  
Typical software model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125  
8
Microprocessor bus interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Programmed I/O (PIO) addressing mode. . . . 12  
DMA mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Control register access by PIO mode. . . . . . . 13  
FIFO buffer RAM access by PIO mode . . . . . 16  
FIFO buffer RAM access by DMA mode. . . . . 17  
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
8.1  
8.2  
8.3  
8.4  
8.5  
8.6  
19.3  
20  
Test information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126  
Package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127  
21  
22  
22.1  
Soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129  
Introduction to soldering surface mount  
packages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129  
Reflow soldering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129  
Wave soldering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129  
Manual soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130  
Package related soldering information. . . . . 130  
9
USB host controller (HC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
HC’s four USB states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Generating USB traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
PTD data structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
HC internal FIFO buffer RAM structure . . . . . 29  
HC operational model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Microprocessor loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
Internal pull-down resistors for downstream  
9.1  
9.2  
9.3  
9.4  
9.5  
9.6  
9.7  
22.2  
22.3  
22.4  
22.5  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132  
Data sheet status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
Disclaimers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
OC detection and power switching control . . . 39  
Suspend and wake-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
9.8  
9.9  
10  
HC registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
HC control and status registers . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
HC frame counter registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
HC Root Hub registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
HC DMA and interrupt control registers . . . . . 65  
HC miscellaneous registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
HC buffer RAM control registers. . . . . . . . . . . 72  
10.1  
10.2  
10.3  
10.4  
10.5  
10.6  
11  
USB device controller (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
DC data transfer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
Device DMA transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78  
Endpoint descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
Suspend and resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82  
11.1  
11.2  
11.3  
11.4  
12  
12.1  
12.2  
DC DMA transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85  
Selecting an endpoint for DMA transfer . . . . . 85  
8237 compatible mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
© Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. 2004.  
Printed in The Netherlands  
All rights are reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior  
written consent of the copyright owner.  
The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or  
contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice. No  
liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use. Publication  
thereof does not convey nor imply any license under patent- or other industrial or  
intellectual property rights.  
Date of release: 23 December 2004  
Document order number: 9397 750 13962  

相关型号:

ISP1161ABM,551

IC UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONTROLLER, PQFP64, 7 X 7 MM, 1.40 MM HEIGHT, PLASTIC, MS-026, SOT-414-1, LQFP-64, Bus Controller
NXP

ISP1161ABM,557

USB Bus Controller, CMOS, PQFP64, 7 X 7 MM, 1.40 MM HEIGHT, PLASTIC, MS-026, SOT-414-1, LQFP-64
NXP

ISP1161BD

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus single-chip host and device controller
NXP

ISP1161BM

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus single-chip host and device controller
NXP

ISP1181

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus interface device
NXP

ISP1181A

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus peripheral controller
NXP

ISP1181ABS

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus peripheral controller
NXP

ISP1181ABS,557

IC UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONTROLLER, PQCC48, 7 X 7 MM, 0.85 MM HEIGHT, PLASTIC, MO-220, SOT-619-2, HVQFN-48, Bus Controller
NXP

ISP1181ADGG

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus peripheral controller
NXP

ISP1181ADGG,112

IC UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONTROLLER, PDSO48, 6.10 MM, PLASTIC, MO-153, SOT-362-1, TSSOP-48, Bus Controller
NXP

ISP1181B

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus peripheral controller
NXP

ISP1181BBS

Full-speed Universal Serial Bus peripheral controller
NXP